UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
☒ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended July 31, 2021
or
☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from to
Commission File Number: 001-15723
Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
05-0376157
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
UNITED NATURAL FOODS, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
313 Iron Horse Way, Providence, RI 02908
(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (401) 528-8634
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each class
Common stock, par value $0.01
Trading Symbol
UNFI
Name of each exchange on which registered
New York Stock Exchange
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None.
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes x No ¨
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ¨ No x
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the
preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past
90 days. Yes x No ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T
during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes x No ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth
company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the
Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer
Non-accelerated filer
☒
☐
Accelerated filer ☐
Smaller reporting company ☐
Emerging growth company ☐
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised
financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial
reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☒
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ☐ No ☒
The aggregate market value of the common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was approximately $1,489 million based upon the closing price of the registrant’s
common stock on the New York Stock Exchange on January 29, 2021. The number of shares of the registrant’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share, outstanding as
of September 23, 2021 was 56,445,293.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on January 11, 2022 are incorporated herein by reference into
Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
UNITED NATURAL FOODS, INC.
FORM 10-K
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Business
Section
Part I
Item 1.
Item 1A. Risk Factors
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments
Item 2.
Item 3.
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures
Properties
Legal Proceedings
Part II
Item 5. Market for the Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity
Securities
Reserved
Item 6.
Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Item 8.
Item 9.
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures
Item 9B. Other Information
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
Item 9C. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections
Part III
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Item 11.
Item 12.
Executive Compensation
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Item 14.
Principal Accounting Fees and Services
Part IV
Item 15.
Item 16.
Exhibit and Financial Statement Schedules
Form 10-K Summary
Signatures
Page
1
10
23
23
25
25
25
27
27
53
55
110
110
110
111
112
112
112
112
112
113
116
117
ITEM 1. BUSINESS
PART I.
In this Annual Report on Form 10-K (“Annual Report” or “Report”), unless otherwise specified, references to “United Natural
Foods”, “UNFI”, “we”, “us”, “our” or the “Company” mean United Natural Foods, Inc. together with its consolidated
subsidiaries. We are a Delaware corporation based in Providence, Rhode Island and Eden Prairie, Minnesota. We conduct our
business through various subsidiaries. Since the formation of our predecessor in 1976, we have grown our business both
organically and through acquisitions, which have expanded our distribution network, product selection and customer base.
Our Background
As a leading distributor of natural, organic, specialty, produce and conventional grocery and non-food products, and provider of
support services to retailers in the United States and Canada, we believe we are uniquely positioned to provide the broadest
array of products and services to customers throughout North America. We offer nearly 300,000 products consisting of
national, regional and private label brands grouped into six product categories: grocery and general merchandise; produce;
perishables and frozen foods; nutritional supplements and sports nutrition; bulk and food service products; and personal care
items. We believe we are North America’s premier wholesaler with 57 distribution centers and warehouses representing
approximately 30 million square feet of warehouse space. We are a coast-to-coast distributor with customers in all fifty states as
well as all ten provinces in Canada, making us a desirable partner for retailers and consumer product manufacturers. We believe
our total product assortment and service offerings are unmatched by our wholesale competitors. We plan to aggressively pursue
new business opportunities to independent retailers who operate diverse formats, regional and national chains, as well as
international customers with wide-ranging needs. Our business is classified into two reportable segments: Wholesale and Retail;
and also includes a manufacturing division and a branded product line division.
Our Strategic Priorities
We are committed to executing our Fuel the Future strategy and its six strategic priorities that we believe will contribute to our
future success:
1) Fulfill Power in Scale. Optimizing and maximizing the capacity of our far-reaching distribution network, simplifying
operations with higher levels of standardization, and making investments in technology.
2) Unlock Customer Experience. Expanding our portfolio of brands, products and services while offering more tailored
solutions to help our customers grow.
3) Taste the Future. Investing in existing, high-margin growth platforms such as Brands+, Services, eCommerce and Fresh,
as well as developing new sources of revenue that further complement our core wholesale business.
4) UNFI Pride. Focusing on our people to deliver on: our core value of safety in the workplace, as well as continuing our
unique culture and enhancing the overall associate experience; embracing and growing diversity of background, thought,
and approach; and our bold commitment toward addressing climate change and food insecurity and injustice.
5) Retail Optimized. Advancing the retail business through greater investment in store upgrades, eCommerce, and digital
platforms combined with new sites that we expect will contribute to growth.
6) Earn Results. Driving sustainable growth and stakeholder value, with the Fuel the Future plan helping deliver long-term
financial results.
Through our Fuel the Future strategy, we are striving to make our customers stronger, our supply chain better, and our food
solutions more inspired. We believe that we have been able to broaden our geographic penetration, expand our customer base,
enhance and diversify our product selections, increase our market share, increase operating efficiencies in existing facilities and
open new facilities in part through the acquisition of SUPERVALU INC. (“Supervalu”).
Our Commitment to Social and Environmental Responsibility
We Believe in Better for All
We are committed to being good stewards of our planet, our communities and our people through tangible action. In early 2021,
we launched Better for All, our environmental, social and governance (“ESG”) plan aligned to three pillars: Building Better for
Our World, Our Communities and Our People. Better for All focuses on six key priorities: climate action, waste reduction, food
safety, food access, associate safety and wellbeing, and diversity and inclusion. To ensure progress against each of these areas,
UNFI has established goals and commitments, which are set forth in our 2020 ESG Report, available on our website at
www.betterforall.unfi.com. Our ESG Report and the contents of our Better For All webpage are not incorporated into this
Annual Report.
1
Better for Our World
We continue to focus on reducing our environmental impact, conserving natural resources and promoting sustainability across
our value chain and in our operations. We invest in the efficiency of our transportation fleet and warehouses, generate on-site
solar power for operations use and focus on diverting waste from landfills. This year, we joined the U.S. Food Loss and Waste
2030 Champions–businesses and organizations that have made a public commitment to reduce food loss and waste in their
operations in the United States by 50 percent by the year 2030. We also added more than 53 solar-powered, all-electric
refrigerated trailers to our California fleet. As part of our Better For All campaign, we have committed to develop science-based
emissions reduction targets to be submitted for approval to the Science Based Targets initiative. These targets are being
developed based on current climate science.
Better for Our Communities
We believe that freedom of food choice matters and we play a vital role in delivering safe, quality and nutritious food options to
more tables across North America. We are working to increase access to better food, particularly for people in low-income and
rural communities or vulnerable situations, through monetary and in-kind donations and operating retail stores in underserved
areas. The UNFI Foundation, a 501(c)(3) organization, provides grants to nonprofit organizations working to build better food
systems and nurture everyday health. We also encourage our associates to make a difference by volunteering in their
communities, including through paid volunteer time off.
Better for Our People
The safety and wellbeing of our associates is a top priority. Throughout the COVID-19 pandemic, we have quickly and
continuously adopted and added safety measures to protect our associates and the communities we serve. We are focused on
fostering a culture of caring and safety; we are continuously striving toward zero injuries and accidents. We are also working to
advance diversity, equity and inclusion in our workplace by creating and maintaining a culture of inclusion and empathy
through open dialogue, effective associate training, and by honoring holidays and special events that speak to our associates’
identities.
Social and environmental responsibility is integral to our overall business strategy, and we believe these practices deliver
significant value to our stakeholders, including our shareholders, associates, customers, suppliers and communities.
Our Customers
We maintain long-standing relationships with many of our customers. We serve approximately 30,000 unique customer
locations, primarily located across the United States and Canada, which we classify into five customer types:
•
•
•
•
•
Chains, which consists of customer accounts that typically have more than 10 operating stores and exclude stores
included within the Supernatural and Other channels defined below;
Independent retailers, which include smaller size accounts and include single store and multiple store locations, and
group purchasing entities, but are not classified within Chains above or Other discussed below;
Supernatural, which consists of chain accounts that are national in scope and carry primarily natural products, and
currently consists solely of Whole Foods Market;
Retail, which reflects our Retail segment, including the Cub Foods business and the remaining Shoppers locations,
excluding Shoppers locations that are held for sale within discontinued operations; and
Other, which includes international customers outside of Canada, foodservice, eCommerce, conventional military
business and other sales.
We have been the primary distributor to Whole Foods Market for more than 20 years. We continue to serve as the primary
distributor to Whole Foods Market in all of its regions in the United States pursuant to an amended distribution agreement. On
March 3, 2021, we entered into an amendment to our distribution agreement dated October 30, 2015. The amendment extended
the term of the distribution agreement from September 28, 2025 to September 27, 2027. Whole Foods Market is our only
customer that represented more than 10% of total net sales in fiscal 2021.
2
Our Wholesale customers, among others, included the following for fiscal 2021:
• Whole Foods Market, a leading natural and organic food retailer in the United States and Canada; and
•
Cash and Carry Stores, The Fresh Market, Coborn’s, National Co+op Grocers, Jerry’s Foods, Natural Grocers, Festival
Foods, All American Quality Foods, Ahold Delhaize banners (Giant-Carlisle, Stop & Shop, Giant-Landover, and
Hannaford), Lunds & Byerlys, Superior Grocers, Vallarta Supermarkets, Wegmans, Raley’s, Redner’s Markets,
Niemann Foods, Inc., Dierberg’s, El Super Supermarkets, Sprouts Farmers Market, Kroger, Harris Teeter, Giant
Eagle, Market Basket, Schnucks, Shop-Rite, Publix, Amazon.com, Inc. and Loblaws.
Our international net sales primarily reflect UNFI Canada, Inc. (“UNFI Canada”) and exclude sales transacted in U.S. dollars
and shipped internationally, which is an even smaller component of our business. UNFI Canada represented approximately one
percent of our net sales in fiscal 2021. We continue to seek to grow our Canadian operations.
We also continue to invest in technology and systems with the intent of growing our eCommerce business. This includes sales
to eCommerce companies as well as business-to-business sales to non-traditional customers such as yoga studios or bakeries.
We recently launched Community Marketplace by UNFI, a business-to-business digital eCommerce solution for emerging
brands looking to expand distribution with UNFI customers. Through this virtual marketplace, suppliers gain immediate access
to UNFI’s digital infrastructure to promote and sell their products to UNFI’s broad customer base while UNFI customers gain
access to an even broader assortment of unique and local items with flexible order sizes and the convenience of ordering from
multiple sources online in one place.
Acquisitions
A key component of our historical growth has been to acquire distribution companies differentiated by product offerings,
service offerings and market area. We believe the expanded product and service offerings from these acquisitions has enhanced
and will continue to enhance our ability to acquire new customers and present opportunities for cross-selling complementary
product lines. On October 22, 2018 (the “Supervalu acquisition date”), we acquired Supervalu for an aggregate purchase price
of approximately $2.3 billion, which included the assumption of outstanding debt and liabilities. The acquisition of Supervalu
accelerated our “build out the store” strategy, diversified our customer base, enabled cross-selling opportunities, expanded
market reach and scale, enhanced technology, capacity and systems, and is expected to continue to deliver significant cost
savings and accelerate potential growth. We believe that as a result of the Supervalu acquisition, we carry an unmatched
product assortment that allows us to cross-sell natural products to conventional customers and conventional products to natural
customers, all while reducing the number of weekly deliveries that each receives. Supervalu provided a robust suite of services
that are now available to our natural customer base, services necessary to run their businesses and that provide opportunities to
simplify and focus on their operations. We also believe the Supervalu acquisition provides additional scale to lower our overall
costs as a percent of net sales. Our expanded scale and product assortment as a result of the Supervalu acquisition uniquely
positioned us to continue to serve our customers and communities through the volume demands across the full spectrum of
grocery products experienced during the COVID-19 pandemic.
Wholesale
We organize and operate our Wholesale reportable segment through four U.S. geographic regions: Atlantic, South, Central and
Pacific, each of which is led by a separate regional president responsible for product and service strategy, execution and
financial results; and Canada Wholesale which is operated separately from the U.S. Wholesale business. Product and service
categories include, grocery, fresh, wellness, private brands, eCommerce, food service and multi-cultural. This operating
structure includes regional sales organizations and distribution center networks, which offer a combination of conventional and
natural products to our customers as a consolidated supply solution. Territory managers in these regions sell our complete lines
of products, which allows us to anticipate and identify sales opportunities that result from our customers having a single point
of contact for all of our products and services.
We have established a national network of strategically located distribution centers utilizing a multi-tiered logistics system. The
network includes facilities that carry slow turn or fast turn groceries, perishables, general merchandise and home, health and
beauty care products. For financial reporting purposes, sales from our distribution centers to our own Retail stores are
eliminated from of our Wholesale segment within Eliminations.
3
We offer Wholesale customers a wide variety of food and non-food products, and our own extensive lines of private label
products. We also offer a broad array of professional services. As a logistics provider, efficiency is an important customer
service measure. We optimize our facilities to implement leading warehouse technology, ranging from radio-frequency devices
guiding selectors to mechanized facilities with completely automated order selection for dry groceries that help us deliver aisle-
ready pallets to Wholesale customers. Deployment of continuous improvement methodologies within our supply chain is
focused on delivering labor and cost efficiencies while also improving our ability to more effectively service our customers.
To maintain our market position and improve our operating efficiencies, we seek to continually:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
expand our marketing and customer service programs across regions;
expand our national purchasing opportunities;
offer a broader product and value add service selection than our competitors;
offer operational excellence with high service levels and a higher percentage of on-time deliveries than our
competitors;
centralize and streamline general and administrative functions to reduce expenses;
consolidate systems applications among physical locations and regions; and
invest in our people, facilities, equipment and technology.
We maintain contracts with suppliers to procure their products. Our procurement process includes assessments of demand
planning, pricing, seasonality and other factors. Inventory costs are determined when products are procured, and include vendor
funds received and inbound freight, among other items. The gross margins we earn on sales to our customers are typically based
on a percentage mark-up, or fee, on top of vendor listed base cost, which vary by customer, product type, vendor size, volume
throughput, transportation methods and distances, among other factors. Net sales to customers are determined at the time of sale
based on the then prevailing vendor listed base cost, and include discounts we offer to our customers. The differential between
the procured cost, including vendor funds and inbound freight, as compared to the net sales price of these products, generate our
gross margin.
Retail
Our Retail segment includes 74 Cub Foods and Shoppers retail grocery stores. Our Retail stores provide an extensive grocery
offering and, depending on size, a variety of additional products, including general merchandise, home, health and beauty care,
and pharmacy. We offer national and regional brands as well as our own private label products. Depending on the banner, a
typical Retail store carries approximately 17,000 to 21,000 core stock-keeping units (“SKUs”) and ranges in size from
approximately 50,000 to 70,000 square feet. We believe our Retail banners have strong local and regional brand recognition in
the markets in which they operate. Our Retail continuing operations are supplied by our Wholesale distribution centers.
In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2021, we determined that two of the four remaining Shoppers stores in discontinued operations no
longer met the held for sale criterion for a probable sale to be completed within 12 months. As a result, our Consolidated
Financial Statements and financial information presented within this Annual Report reflect these two stores within the Retail
segment operations within continuing operations, with prior periods having been revised to conform with the current period
presentation. Throughout this Annual Report, references to Retail exclude previously disposed Shoppers stores, two Shoppers
stores that are held for sale, as well as the Hornbacher’s, Shop ‘n Save and Shop ‘n Save East retail banners, which we acquired
as a result of the Supervalu acquisition and previously disposed. For the periods in which we operated these stores, their results
continue to be presented as discontinued operations.
Our Products and Services
Our Product Offering
Our extensive selection of products includes natural, organic, specialty, produce, and conventional grocery, and non-food
products. We offer nationally advertised brand name and private label products, including grocery (both perishable and
nonperishable), general merchandise, home, health and beauty care, and pharmacy, which are sold through our Wholesale
segment to wholesale customers and our Retail stores to shoppers. We offer six main product categories: grocery and general
merchandise; produce; perishables and frozen foods; nutritional supplements and sports nutrition; bulk and foodservice
products; and personal care items.
4
Our owned brands portfolio is a collection of brands that offer high quality solutions for private label to our customers.
ESSENTIAL EVERYDAY® is our leading national brand equivalent private label solution with 2,500+ items for departments
throughout the store. It is complimented by SPRINGFIELD® as a regional solution and SHOPPERS VALUE®, which offers
the budget conscious consumer quality alternatives to national brand. Our WILD HARVEST® brand offers a full range of
products made with simple, wholesome ingredients across multiple categories, including pet foods. Our Field Day® brand is
primarily sold to natural store / co-op retailers as a private label solution. Our category-specific brands, EQUALINE®,
CULINARY CIRCLE®, ARCTIC SHORES SEAFOOD COMPANY®, BABY BASICS®, STONE RIDGE CREAMERY®
and SUPER CHILL®, also provide national brand equivalent products at a competitive price.
Manufacturing and Natural Branded Products Businesses
Our Blue Marble Brands portfolio is a collection of national brands that offer organic, non-GMO, clean and specialty food. The
WOODSTOCK® brand has been pioneering organic/non-GMO products for over 34 years and continues to launch innovation.
TUMARO’S is our better for you wrap brand. MT.VIKOS®, KOYO®, ASIAN GOURMET®, MEDITERRANEAN
ORGANIC®, and NATURAL SEA® are all niche specialty brands ranging from imported Greek feta cheese to organic
Ramen.
Our subsidiary doing business as Woodstock Farms Manufacturing specializes in importing, roasting, packaging and
distributing nuts, dried fruit, seeds, trail mixes, granola, natural and organic snack items and confections for our customers and
in the Company’s branded products. Woodstock Farms Manufacturing sells items manufactured in bulk and through private
label packaging arrangements with large health food, supermarket and convenience store chains and independent retailers.
We operate an organic (United States Department of Agriculture (“USDA”) and Quality Assurance International (“QAI”)) and
kosher (Circle K) certified packaging, roasting, and processing facility in New Jersey that is SQF (Safety Quality Food) level 2
certified.
Our Professional Services Offerings
We offer a broad array of professional services that provide Wholesale customers with cost-effective and scalable solutions.
These services include pass-through programs in which vendors provide services directly to our Wholesale customers, as well
as services and solutions we develop and provide directly. Our services include retail store support, pricing strategy, shelf and
planogram management, advertising, couponing, eCommerce, consumer convenience services, store design, equipment
sourcing, electronic payments processing, network and data hosting solutions, and administrative back-office solutions. The
sales and operating results for these services are included within Wholesale.
Our Marketing Services
We offer a variety of marketing services designed to increase sales for our customers and suppliers, including consumer and
trade marketing programs, as well as programs to support suppliers in understanding our markets. Trade and consumer
marketing programs are supplier-sponsored programs that cater to a broad range of retail formats. These programs are designed
to educate consumers, profile suppliers and increase sales for retailers, many of which do not have the resources necessary to
conduct such marketing programs independently. Set forth below are the services offered by each of these programs:
Consumer Marketing Programs
• Monthly, region-specific, consumer circular programs, with the participating retailers’ imprint featuring products sold by
the retailer to its customers. We offer circular programs to our customers and vendors through negotiated pricing for the
retailer, and also provide retailers with a physical flyer and shelf tags corresponding to each month’s promotions. We
also offer a web-based tool, which retailers can use to produce highly customized circulars and other marketing materials
for their stores called the Customized Marketing Program.
• Truck advertising programs allow our suppliers to purchase advertising space on the sides of our hundreds of trailers
traveling throughout the United States and Canada, increasing brand exposure to consumers.
• Web and digital marketing services including websites, mobile applications and eCommerce capabilities.
5
Trade Marketing Programs
• New item introduction programs showcase a supplier’s new items to retailers through trials and discounts.
• Customer Portal Advertising allows our suppliers to advertise directly to retailers using the portal that many retailers use
to order product and/or gather product information.
• Foodservice options designed to support accounts in that category.
• Monthly specials catalogs that highlight promotions and new product introductions.
• Specialized catalogs for holiday and seasonal products.
Supplier Marketing Programs
• Efficient Supplier Agreement is a customized supplier relationship program designed to address key needs of a select
group of suppliers.
• ClearVue®, an information sharing program offered to a select group of suppliers designed to improve the transparency
of information and drive efficiency within the supply chain. With the availability of in-depth data and tailored reporting
tools, participants are able to reduce inventory balances while improving service levels.
• Supply Chain by ClearVue®, an information sharing program designed to provide heightened transparency to suppliers
through demand planning, forecasting and procurement insights. This program offers weekly and monthly reporting,
enabling suppliers to identify areas of sales growth while pinpointing specific opportunities for achieving greater profits.
• Supplier-In-Site (SIS), an information-sharing website that helps our suppliers better understand our Wholesale
customers in order to generate mutually beneficial incremental sales in an efficient manner.
• Growth incentive programs, supplier-focused high-level sales and marketing support for selected brands, which foster
our partnership by building incremental, mutually profitable sales for suppliers and us.
• Various marketing vehicles are offered that support the needs of our diverse customer base, while providing suppliers a
cost effective means to market and promote their products.
We continually seek customer and supplier feedback to ascertain their needs and allow us to better service them. We also
provide our customers with:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
trends reports in the natural and organic industry;
product data information such as best seller lists, store usage reports and catalogs;
assistance with store layout designs, new store design and equipment procurement;
planogramming, shelf and category management support;
in-store signage and promotional materials, and assistance with product display planning and set up;
shelf tags for products; and
a robust customer portal with product information, search and ordering capabilities, reports and publications.
Organic Certification
Our “Certified Organic Distributor” certification covers 30 of our natural distribution centers in the United States, except for
facilities acquired in connection with the acquisitions of Tony’s, Haddon, and Nor-Cal. Although not designated as a “Certified
Organic Distributor” by QAI, the two Tony’s California locations are certified as Organic by the State of California Department
of Public Health Food and Drug Branch, and Nor-Cal is currently registered with the California Department of Food and
Agriculture Organic Program as an organic handler. In addition, our four Canadian distribution centers in British Columbia and
Ontario each hold an organic distributor certification from either QAI or ProCert Canada.
We maintain a comprehensive quality assurance program. All of the products we sell that are represented as “organic” are
required to be certified as such by an independent third-party agency. We maintain current certification affidavits on most
organic commodities and produce in order to verify the authenticity of the product. Most potential suppliers of organic products
are required to provide such third-party certifications to us before they are approved as suppliers.
Our Suppliers
We purchase our products from nearly 12,000 suppliers. The majority of our suppliers are based in the United States and
Canada, but we also source products from suppliers throughout Europe, Asia, North America, South America, Australia and
New Zealand. We believe suppliers seek to distribute their products through us because we provide access to a large customer
base across the United States and Canada, distribute the majority of the suppliers’ products and offer a wide variety of
marketing programs to our customers to help sell the suppliers’ products. Substantially all product categories that we distribute
are available from a number of suppliers and, therefore, we are not dependent on any single source of supply for any product
category. In addition, although we have exclusive distribution arrangements and support programs with several suppliers, none
of our suppliers accounted for more than 5% of our total purchases in fiscal 2021.
6
We have positioned ourselves as one of the largest purchasers of organically grown bulk products in the natural and organic
products industry by centralizing our purchase of nuts, seeds, grains, flours and dried foods. As a result, we are able to negotiate
purchases from suppliers on the basis of volume and other considerations that may include discounted pricing or prompt
payment discounts. Furthermore, some of our purchase arrangements include the right of return to the supplier with respect to
products that we do not sell in a certain period of time. Each region is responsible for placing its own orders and can select the
products that it believes will most appeal to its customers, although each region is able to participate in our company-wide
purchasing programs.
Our Distribution Systems
We select the sites for our distribution centers to provide direct access to the markets we serve and configure them to minimize
total operating costs. This proximity allows us to reduce our transportation costs relative to those of our competitors that seek to
service these customers from locations that are often much further away. We believe that we incur lower inbound freight
expense than our regional competitors because our scale allows us to buy full and partial truckloads of products. Products are
delivered to our distribution centers primarily by our fleet of leased and owned trucks, contract carriers and the suppliers
themselves. When financially advantageous, we pick up products from suppliers or satellite staging facilities and return them to
our distribution centers using our own trucks. Additionally, we generally can redistribute overstocks and inventory imbalances
between our distribution centers if needed, which helps to reduce out-of-stocks and to sell perishable products prior to their
expiration date.
The majority of our trucks are leased and are maintained by third-party national leasing companies, which in some cases
maintain facilities on our premises for the maintenance and service of these vehicles. We also have facilities where we operate
our own maintenance shops.
We ship certain orders for supplements or for items that are destined for areas outside of regular delivery routes through
independent carriers. Deliveries to areas outside the continental United States and Canada are typically shipped by freight-
forwarders through ocean-going containers.
Our Focus on Technology
We have made significant investments in distribution, financial, information and warehouse management systems. We
continually evaluate and upgrade our management information systems at our regional operations in an effort to make the
systems more efficient, cost-effective and responsive to customer needs. These systems include functionality in radio frequency
inventory control, pick-to-voice systems, pick-to-light systems, computer-assisted order processing and slot locator/retrieval
assignment systems. At most of our receiving docks, warehouse associates attach computer-generated, preprinted locator tags to
inbound products. These tags contain the expiration date, locations, quantity, lot number and other information about the
products in bar code format. Customer returns are processed by scanning the UPC bar codes. We also employ a management
information system that enables us to lower our inbound transportation costs by making optimum use of our own fleet of trucks
or by consolidating deliveries into full truckloads. Orders from multiple suppliers and multiple distribution centers are
consolidated into single truckloads for efficient use of available vehicle capacity. In addition, we utilize route efficiency
software that assists us in developing the most efficient routes for our outbound trucks. As part of our “one company” approach,
we are in the process of converting to a single national warehouse management and procurement system to integrate our
existing facilities onto one nationalized platform across the organization. We continue to focus on the automation of our new or
expanded distribution centers that are at different stages of construction and implementation. These steps and others are
intended to promote operational efficiencies and improve operating expenses as a percentage of net sales.
Competition
Our Wholesale and Retail businesses operate in a highly competitive industry, which typically results in low profit margins for
the industry. Our food distribution business directly competes with many traditional and specialty grocery wholesalers and
retailers that maintain or develop self-distribution systems for the business of independent grocery retailers. We also
increasingly compete with deep discount retailers, limited assortment stores and wholesale membership clubs. The primary
competitive factors in the Wholesale business include price, service level, product quality, variety and other value-added
services. In recent years consolidation within the grocery industry has resulted in, and is expected to continue to result in,
increased competition, including from some competitors that have greater financial, marketing and other resources than us.
Independent retailers and smaller Chain customers represent a significant portion of our business and face intense competition
from supercenters, deep discounters, mass merchandisers and rapidly growing alternative retail channels, such as dollar stores,
discount supermarket chains, Internet-based retailers and meal-delivery services.
7
Our retail banners compete with traditional grocery stores, supercenters, deep discounters, mass merchandisers, limited
assortment stores, and eCommerce providers. The principal competitive factors in grocery retail include the location and image
of the store; the price, quality, and variety of the fresh offering; and the quality, convenience, and consistency of service.
Strategies to react to competition vary based on many factors, such as the competitor’s format, strengths, weaknesses, pricing,
and sales focus. Our retail stores have continued to respond to growing competition from online and non-traditional retailers by
adding options and services such as online ordering, curbside pick-up, and home delivery.
Government Regulation
Our operations and many of the products that we distribute in the United States are subject to regulation by state and local
health departments, the USDA and the United States Food and Drug Administration (the “FDA”), which generally impose
standards for product quality and sanitation and are responsible for the administration of bioterrorism legislation. In the United
States, our facilities generally are inspected at least once annually by state or federal authorities. For certain product lines, we
are also subject to the Federal Meat Inspection Act, the Poultry Products Inspection Act, the Perishable Agricultural
Commodities Act, the Packers and Stockyard Act and regulations promulgated by the USDA to interpret and implement these
statutory provisions. The USDA imposes standards for product safety, quality and sanitation through the federal meat and
poultry inspection program.
The FDA Food Safety Modernization Act in the United States and the Safe Foods for Canadians Act in Canada have expanded
food safety requirements across the food supply chain and, among other things, impose additional regulations focused on
prevention of food contamination, more frequent inspection of high-risk facilities, increased record-keeping, and improved
tracing of food. Products that do not meet regulatory standards and/or comply with these regulations may be considered to be
adulterated and/or misbranded and subject to recall.
The Surface Transportation Board and the Federal Highway Administration regulate our trucking operations. In addition,
interstate motor carrier operations are subject to safety requirements prescribed by the United States Department of
Transportation and other relevant federal and state agencies. Such matters as weight and dimension of equipment are also
subject to federal and state regulations.
Our facilities are subject to regulations issued pursuant to the U.S. Occupational Safety and Health Act by the U.S. Department
of Labor and similar regulations by state agencies. These regulations require us to comply with certain health and safety
standards to protect our employees from recognized hazards. We are also subject to the National Labor Relations Act, which
provides employees the right to organize and bargain collectively with their employer and to engage in other protected
concerted activity.
Our facilities in the United States and in Canada are subject to various environmental protection statutes and regulations,
including those relating to the use of water resources and the discharge of wastewater. Further, many of our distribution
facilities have ammonia-based refrigeration systems and tanks for the storage of diesel fuel, hydrogen fuel and other petroleum
products which are subject to laws regulating such systems and storage tanks. Moreover, in some of our facilities we, or third
parties with whom we contract, perform vehicle maintenance. Our policy is to comply with all applicable federal, state,
provincial and local provisions relating to the protection of the environment or the discharge of materials.
Our international business operations are subject to various laws and regulations regarding the import and export of products
and preventing corruption and bribery (including the US Foreign Corrupt Practices Act). We have implemented and continue to
develop robust import/export and anti-corruption compliance programs and processes to comply with applicable laws and
regulations governing our international business activities.
Human Capital Management
Our employees are critical to supporting our values and achieving our strategic vision. Through our UNFI Pride strategic pillar,
we are striving to be an employer of choice. We are focused on associate engagement, empowerment and safety that allow for
innovation and bringing best-in-class solutions to our customers and suppliers in an ever changing retail landscape, including
new ways of work scheduling and productivity investments. In Fiscal 2021, we created Compensation Committee oversight for
human capital management matters with a focus on associate wellbeing across a variety of measures.
As of July 31, 2021, we had approximately 28,300 full and part-time employees within continuing operations, 11,000 of whom
(approximately 39%) are covered by 48 collective bargaining agreements, including agreements under renegotiation. We have
in the past been the focus of union-organizing efforts, and we believe it is likely that we will be the focus of similar efforts in
the future.
8
Developing Talent
Attracting and retaining talent is one of our top priorities. Our goal is to differentiate ourselves in the market by offering
unprecedented flexibility to associates in the way, and when and how they work. To reduce turnover, we have an emphasized
focus on and commitment to our associates, their experiences as well as their continued engagement. We are committed to the
continued support and development of our associates and provide access to robust leadership development programming, role-
based training and other career development opportunities at every stage of an associate’s tenure with us. Designed to enhance
the leadership capabilities of our people, the Emerge program for front-line leaders and the Evolve program for our mid-level
managers invite participants from all departments to come together to learn and practice their management skills and identify
opportunities to lead more effectively. The Elevate program for Director-level and above associates, as well as the Operations
Leadership Academy for leaders in our distribution centers, work to solidify our talent pipeline and promote the success of the
organization’s future leaders. In addition, we partner with key groups within the organization, such as Sales and Risk & Safety,
to develop role-based training to drive greater productivity and safety. We also offer associates additional learning and career
development opportunities that extend from skills-based training deployed electronically through our BetterU learning system,
to mentorship programs and career development discussions and beyond.
Compensation and Benefits
Our compensation and benefits programs are designed to promote a culture of wellbeing and recognize our associates for their
outstanding achievements and dedication to serving our customers and keeping them safe during even the most challenging of
times. We are committed to offering market competitive pay programs which reward high levels of performance, and behaviors
that challenge convention and drive company success. Our short-term incentive programs model the Company’s financial goals
and are intended to align our eligible associates’ rewards with our financial success. Long-term incentives, including restricted
stock units and performance awards, are designed to attract and retain innovative leaders and align their financial interests with
that of our shareholders and other stakeholders. As part of our commitment to recognize our associates’ “whole self” – health,
finances and overall wellbeing – we offer a comprehensive health and welfare benefit program to eligible associates providing a
variety of medical, dental and vision options plus additional voluntary benefits like long-term disability and optional life
insurance. Additionally, we provide to eligible associates a leading edge, no-cost wellness program, paid time off programs
including paid parental leave, an employee assistance program, 401(k) plan, and a back-up childcare program.
Diversity and Inclusion
We pledge to promote equity, celebrate diversity, dismantle systemic racism, and support justice and inclusion for all. Our
Board of Directors is diverse in gender and ethnic background, as well as having a broad range of experience, four out of ten
directors are female, with two members identifying as African American and one member identifying as LGBTQ+. We
recognize that innovation thrives when there is unity and respect for diverse backgrounds and perspectives. Additionally, we
aim to foster a culture of belonging, equity and empathy through open dialogues, educational opportunities and by honoring the
experiences and special events that speak to our associates’ many identities.
We built a diversity and inclusion team and created a diversity and inclusion strategy based on research, best practices and
leadership commitment. This strategy included hiring a Vice President of Diversity and Inclusion and establishing a diversity
council which has taken an active role in advocating for and celebrating diversity and inclusion, as well as overseeing belonging
and innovation groups. We provided helpful diversity and inclusion information on our associate platforms including diversity
and inclusion training. Additionally, we launched UCount, a campaign to encourage associates to self-identify and rolled out
Real Talk, a series of conversations on various dimensions of diversity.
Creating a Safe Environment
Safety is at the forefront of everything we do. We continue to focus on the safety of our associates, customers and communities
through the COVID-19 pandemic, with enhanced sanitation and increased safety measures. We also have invested in several
initiatives, including the development and implementation of a new safety brand and pledge, Every Moment Matters, that is
designed to foster a caring culture, the implementation of interactive and proven training programs, which are rolled out across
our network, and enhanced safety auditing. Safety is one of our core values and a part of our Pride strategic pillar as we strive
for zero injuries.
9
Seasonality
Generally, we do not experience any material seasonality. However, our sales and operating results may vary significantly from
quarter to quarter due to factors such as changes in our operating expenses, management’s ability to execute our operating and
growth strategies, demand for our products, supply shortages and general economic conditions. Our working capital needs are
generally greater during the months leading up to high sales periods, such as the build up in inventory during the time period
leading to the calendar year-end holidays. Our inventory, accounts payable and accounts receivable levels may be impacted by
macroeconomic impacts and changes in food-at-home purchasing rates. These effects can result in normal operating
fluctuations in working capital balances, which in turn can result in changes to cash flow from operations that are not
necessarily indicative of long-term operating trends.
Available Information
Our internet address is http://www.unfi.com. The contents of our website are not part of this Annual Report, and our internet
address is included in this document as an inactive textual reference only. We make our Annual Report, Quarterly Reports on
Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and all amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or
15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) available free of charge through our website as
soon as reasonably practicable after we file such reports with, or furnish such reports to, the Securities and Exchange
Commission.
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS
Our business, financial condition and results of operations are subject to various risks and uncertainties, including those
described below and elsewhere in this Annual Report. This section discusses factors that, individually or in the aggregate, we
think could cause our actual results to differ materially from expected and historical results. If any of the events described
below occurs, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially adversely affected and our stock
price could decline.
We provide these factors for investors as permitted by and to obtain the rights and protections under the Private Securities
Litigation Reform Act of 1995. You should understand that it is not possible to predict or identify all such factors.
Consequently, you should not consider the following to be a complete discussion of all potential risks or uncertainties
applicable to our business. See Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations—Forward-Looking Statements for more information on our business and the forward-looking statements included
in this Annual Report.
Strategic and Operational Risks
Pandemics or disease outbreaks, such as the COVID-19 pandemic and associated responses, may disrupt our business,
including among other things, increasing our costs, impacting our supply chain, and driving change in customer and consumer
demand for our products, and could have a material adverse impact on our business.
In connection with the outbreak of and measures implemented in an attempt to contain the COVID-19 pandemic (such as
mandatory and voluntary closures and restrictions on, or advisories with respect to, travel, business operations and public
gatherings or interactions), we experienced elevated demand for the products we distribute as consumption of food at home
increased. This trend has persisted with a resurgence of infection rates and new variants with higher transmissibility, and with
some consumers opting to stay home due to the perceived risk associated with COVID-19. While our independent customers
have performed well through the COVID-19 pandemic, there is no assurance that increased volume at these customers will be
sustained over the long-term. The increased wholesale customer and end-consumer demand may decrease relative to current
levels if and when the need for social distancing, quarantine or isolation measures decreases and consumers fully return to
school and work. We are unable to predict when and to what extent that may occur.
Although our business has benefited through increased demand, the impact of and associated responses to the COVID-19
pandemic has had and could continue to have an adverse effect on other aspects of our business and operations. For example,
we have incurred, and expect to continue to incur, increased costs, including: labor costs resulting from overtime, paid sick
leave, or leaves of absence; costs associated with safety measures throughout our facilities, including symptom scanning,
testing, enhanced sanitation, social distancing practices, such as partitions, decals, pre-shift temperature screenings, and the
provision of personal protective equipment to our associates; costs associated with evaluating and piloting additional safety
measures; and other increased operating costs. In addition, we provided our associates with temporary state of emergency wage
10
increases and increased overtime to warehouse, driver, and in-store associates during the peak of the pandemic, and may decide
to, or be required to, reinstitute that benefit in the future.
Our business could be negatively impacted by reduced workforces due to illness or other restrictions related to COVID-19; a
shortage of qualified labor to support increased demand; any failure of third parties on which we rely, including our suppliers,
contract manufacturers, third-party labor contractors and external business partners to meet their obligations to us, or significant
disruptions in their ability to do so; or diversion of management’s attention, including if key employees become ill. We
continue to experience higher than usual levels of out-of-stocks leading to reduced fill rates, which may result in higher costs,
fees, or penalties to service our customers. We have experienced temporary suspensions of operations at one facility due to an
elevated number of COVID cases, and we may experience future facility closures due to outbreaks of COVID-19, reduced
workforce availability or government mandates. We could also experience disruptions to our supply chain through the
shutdown of one or more of our distribution centers or warehouses, the inability to transport products to serve our customers or
the inability of our vendors and contract manufacturers to supply products to us.
Our inventory and sales levels have stabilized to higher than pre-COVID-19 levels. If there were a rapid reduction in demand
for the products we distribute, our results and cash flows may be negatively impacted if we are unable to monetize working
capital maintained to support these higher levels. We experienced declines in certain of our sales channels as a result of changes
in consumer purchasing habits related to COVID-19, including reductions in food service, bulk snacks, seeds and nuts, and
international categories and we cannot be certain how consumer habits may continue to evolve. Further, the pandemic has
accelerated the consumer shift to eCommerce and new ways to purchase food, including increased restaurant and other delivery
options, which may negatively impact demand at our retail grocery customers, and which trends may continue beyond the
cessation of social distancing practices as the impact of the pandemic lessens.
Any of the foregoing factors, or other effects of the COVID-19 pandemic that are not currently foreseeable, could materially
increase our costs, negatively impact our sales and damage our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and
liquidity position, possibly to a significant degree. Our efforts to manage and mitigate these factors may be unsuccessful, and
the effectiveness of these efforts to a certain extent depends on factors beyond our control.
The ultimate impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business will depend on many factors, including, among others, the
severity and duration of the pandemic and actions taken by governmental authorities and other third parties in response, the
duration of social distancing, quarantine or isolation measures and whether additional waves of COVID-19 infections (as a
result of mutations in COVID-19 virus or otherwise) will affect the United States and Canada, our ability and the ability of our
suppliers to continue to operate manufacturing facilities and maintain the supply chain without material disruption, and the
extent to which macroeconomic conditions resulting from the pandemic and the pace of the subsequent recovery may impact
consumer eating and purchasing habits. Each of these factors involves uncertainty, and therefore, we cannot predict the duration
and scope of any potential disruption or reasonably estimate the ultimate financial impact at this time.
We depend heavily on our principal customers and our success is heavily dependent on our principal customers’ ability to
maintain and grow their businesses.
Whole Foods Market, a subsidiary of Amazon.com, Inc., accounted for approximately 19% of our net sales in fiscal 2021. We
serve as the primary distributor of natural, organic, and specialty non-perishable products, and also distribute certain specialty
protein, cheese, deli items, and products from health, beauty, and supplement categories to Whole Foods Market in all of its
regions in the United States under the terms of our distribution agreement, which expires on September 27, 2027. Our ability to
maintain a close, mutually beneficial relationship with Whole Foods Market is an important element to our continued growth.
The loss or cancellation of business from our larger customers, including due to increased self-distribution, closures of stores,
reductions in the amount of products that our customers sell to their customers, or our failure to comply with the terms of our
distribution agreement, where applicable, could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, or results of
operations. Similarly, if Whole Foods Market diverts purchases from us beyond minimum amounts it is required to purchase
under our distribution agreement, our business, financial condition, or results of operations may be materially and adversely
affected.
11
Our business is characterized by low margins, which are sensitive to inflationary and deflationary pressures, and intense
competition and consolidation in the grocery industry, and our inability to maintain or increase our operating margins could
adversely affect our results of operations.
The grocery industry is characterized by a relatively high volume of sales with relatively low profit margins, and as competition
in certain areas intensifies and the industry continues to consolidate, our results of operations may be negatively impacted
through a loss of sales and reductions in gross margins. The grocery business is intensely competitive, and the ongoing
consolidation and evolving competitive landscape within the grocery industry is expected to result in increased competition,
including from some competitors that have greater financial and other resources than we do. Consumers also have more choices
for grocery purchases, including independent retailers that we do not supply and eCommerce solutions, which reduces the
demand for products supplied by our wholesale customers. We cannot provide assurance that we will be able to compete
effectively against current and future competitors.
Our ability to compete successfully will be largely dependent on our ability to provide quality products and services at
competitive prices. Our competition comes from a variety of sources, including other distributors of natural and conventional
products, as well as specialty or independent grocery and mass market grocery distributors and cooperatives, as well as
customers that have their own distribution channels. Mass market grocery distributors in recent years have increased their
emphasis on natural and organic products and are now competing more directly with our natural and organic product offerings,
and they may have substantially greater financial and other resources than we have and may be better established in their
markets. Natural and organic product offerings typically generate higher margins, but these margins could be affected by
changes in the public’s perception of the benefits of natural and organic products compared to similar conventional products.
In addition, many supermarket chains have increased self-distribution or purchases directly from suppliers of certain items that
we sell. New competitors are also entering our markets as barriers to entry are relatively low. For example, more natural and
organic products are being sold in convenience stores and other mass market retailers and online through eCommerce than was
the case a few years ago, and many of these customers are being serviced by other conventional distributors or are self-
distributing. We also face indirect competition as a result of the fact that our customers with physical locations face competition
from online retailers and distributors that seek to sell certain of the type of products we sell to our customers directly to
consumers. We cannot assure you that our current or potential competitors will not provide products or services comparable or
superior to those provided by us or adapt more quickly than we do to evolving industry trends or changing market requirements.
It is also possible that alliances among competitors may develop and that competitors may rapidly acquire significant market
share. Increased competition may result in price reductions, reduced gross margins, lost business and loss of market share, any
of which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, or results of operations.
The continuing consolidation of retailers, the growth of chains, and increased closures of grocery locations may reduce our
profit margins in the future as more customers qualify for greater volume discounts, and as we experience pricing pressures
from suppliers and retailers. Sales to chain customers generate a lower gross margin than do sales to our independents channel
customers. Many of these customers, including our largest customer, have agreements with us that include volume discounts,
which puts downward pressure on our gross margins as sales to these customers increase. To compensate for these lower gross
margins, we must increase the dollar value of products we sell or reduce the expenses we incur to service these customers. If we
are unable to reduce our expenses as a percentage of net sales, including our expenses related to servicing this lower gross
margin business, our business, financial condition, or results of operations could be materially and adversely impacted.
If we are not able to continue to capture scale efficiencies and enhance our merchandise offerings, we may not be able to
achieve our goals with respect to operating margins. In addition, if we do not refine and improve our systems continually or if
we are unable to effectively improve our systems without disruption, including any information technology migration to a cloud
environment, we may not be able to reduce costs, increase sales and services, effectively manage inventory and procurement
processes, or effectively manage customer pricing plans. As a result, our operating margins may stagnate or decline.
Further, because many of our sales are at prices that are based on our product cost plus a percentage markup, volatile food costs
have a direct impact upon our profitability. Prolonged periods of product cost inflation and periods of rapidly increasing
inflation may have a negative impact on our profit margins and results of operations to the extent that we are unable to pass on
all or a portion of such product cost increases to our customers. In addition, product cost inflation may negatively impact the
consumer discretionary spending trends and reduce the demand for higher-margin natural and organic products, which could
adversely affect profitability. Conversely, because many of our sales are at prices that are based upon product cost plus a
percentage markup, our profit levels may be negatively impacted during periods of product cost deflation even though our gross
profit as a percentage of net sales may remain relatively constant. To compensate for lower gross margins, we, in turn, must
reduce expenses that we incur to service our customers. If we are unable to reduce our expenses as a percentage of net sales, our
business, financial condition, or results of operations could be materially and adversely impacted.
12
Failure by us to develop and operate a reliable technology platform and the costs of maintaining secure and effective
information technology systems could negatively impact our business, and we may not realize the anticipated benefits of our
recent investments in information technology.
Our ability to decrease costs and increase profits, as well as our ability to serve customers most effectively, depends on the
reliability of our technology platform. We use software and other technology systems, among other things, to receive, generate
and select orders, to load and route trucks and to monitor and manage our business on a day-to-day basis. Failure to have
adequate computer systems across the enterprise and any disruption to these computer systems could adversely impact our
customer service, decrease the volume of our business, and result in increased costs negatively affecting our business, financial
condition, or results of operations.
In our attempt to reduce operating expenses and increase operating efficiencies, we have invested in the development and
implementation of new information technology. We are in the process of rolling out a national warehouse management and
procurement system to convert our existing facilities into a single warehouse management and supply chain platform. In
addition, we plan to remain focused on the automation of our new or expanded distribution centers that are at different stages of
construction. We may not be able to implement these technological changes in the time frame that we have planned and delays
in implementation (including delays resulting from the integration of Supervalu) could negatively impact our business, financial
condition or results of operations. In addition, the costs to make these changes may exceed our estimates and will exceed the
benefits during the early stages of implementation. Even if we are able to implement the changes in accordance with our current
plans, and within our current cost estimates, we may not be able to achieve the expected efficiencies and cost savings from this
investment, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations. Moreover,
as we implement information technology enhancements, disruptions in our business may be created (including disruption with
our customers), which may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations.
We face risks related to the availability of qualified labor, labor costs, and labor relations.
We have experienced, and may continue to experience, a shortage of qualified labor. Recruiting and retention efforts, and
actions to increase productivity, may not be successful, and we could encounter a shortage of qualified labor in the future. Such
a shortage could potentially increase labor costs, reduce profitability or decrease our ability to effectively serve customers. We
are undertaking efforts to automate certain functions of our business. If we are unable to realize the anticipated benefits of our
efforts to improve labor efficiency through automation or to increase productivity and efficiency through other methods,
including as a result of delays in executing our business transformation and integration efforts, we may be more susceptible to
labor shortages than our competitors. We have incurred increased costs to address a shortage of qualified labor in certain
geographies, particularly with warehouse workers and drivers, including wage actions, sign-on bonus programs, and increased
us of third-party labor.
We are subject to a wide range of labor costs. Because our labor costs are, as a percentage of net sales, higher than in many
other industries, we may be significantly harmed by labor cost increases. In addition, labor is a significant cost of many of our
wholesale customers. Any increase in their labor costs, including any increases in costs as a result of increases in minimum
wage requirements, could reduce the profitability of our customers and reduce demand for the products we supply.
Additionally, the terms of some legacy Supervalu collective bargaining agreements may limit our ability to increase
efficiencies.
As of July 31, 2021, approximately 11,000 of our 28,300 employees (approximately 39%) were covered by 48 collective
bargaining agreements, including agreements under negotiation, which expire through April 2027. In the event we are unable to
negotiate reasonable contract renewals with our union associates or are required to make significant changes to terms that are
unfavorable to us, our relationship with employees may become fractured, and we could be subject to work stoppages or
additional expenses, which could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, or results of operations.
In that event, it would be necessary for us to hire replacement workers or implement other business continuity contingency
plans to continue to meet our obligations to our customers. The costs to hire replacement workers, employ effective security
measures, and, if necessary, serve customers from alternative facilities, could negatively impact the profitability of any affected
facility. Depending on the length of time that we are required to employ replacement workers and security measures these costs
could be significant and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations.
We have in the past been the focus of union-organizing efforts, and we believe it is likely that we will be the focus of similar
efforts in the future, and as we increase our employee base and broaden our distribution operations to new geographic markets,
our increased visibility could result in increased or expanded union-organizing efforts. New contracts with existing unions
could have substantially less favorable terms than prior to such expanded union-organizing efforts.
13
We are transforming our business and have engaged, and may continue to engage in, acquisitions and other strategic
initiatives, and may encounter difficulties integrating acquired businesses and may not realize the anticipated benefits of our
acquisitions, including, in particular, our acquisition of Supervalu.
We have engaged in, and could continue to pursue, strategic transactions and initiatives as we transform our business.
Acquisitions present significant challenges and risks relating to the integration of acquired businesses.
Our ability to achieve the expected benefits of acquisitions will depend on, among other things, our ability to effectively
execute on our business strategies, integrate and manage the combined operations, retain customers and suppliers on terms
similar to those in place with the acquired businesses, achieve desired operating efficiencies and sales growth, optimize delivery
routes, coordinate administrative and distribution functions, integrate management information systems, expand into new
markets to include markets of the acquired business, retain and assimilate the acquired businesses’ employees, and maintain our
financial and internal controls and systems as we expand our operations. Achieving the anticipated benefits of acquisitions also
depends on the adequacy of our implementation plans and the ability of management to oversee and operate effectively the
combined operations.
To realize the anticipated benefits of the Supervalu acquisition, our business must be successfully combined with Supervalu.
We could fail to realize the anticipated benefits for a variety of reasons, including failure to leverage the increased scale of the
combined company effectively, difficulties integrating information technology systems, failure to effectively coordinate sales,
procurement, and marketing efforts to communicate the capabilities of the combined company, and failure to execute an
efficient integrated distribution network incorporating our spectrum of product offerings.
The integration businesses that we acquire might also cause us to incur unforeseen costs, which would lower our future earnings
and would prevent us from realizing the expected benefits of these acquisitions. Any of the businesses we acquired may also
have liabilities or adverse operating issues, including some that were not discovered before the acquisition, and our indemnity
for such liabilities may also be limited or nonexistent.
Additionally, our ability to pursue any future acquisitions may depend upon obtaining additional financing, which may not be
available on acceptable terms or at all. To the extent that we seek to acquire other businesses in exchange for our common
stock, fluctuations in our stock price could have a material adverse effect on our ability to complete acquisitions. If we are
unable to integrate acquired businesses successfully or to realize anticipated economic, operational or other benefits and
synergies in a timely manner, management’s resources could be diverted and our business, financial condition, or operating
results could be materially and adversely affected, particularly in transition periods immediately following the consummation of
those transactions.
We may have difficulty managing our growth, and our growth plans may not produce the results that we expect.
The growth in the size of our business and operations has placed, and is expected to continue to place, a significant strain on our
management. Our future growth may be limited by strong growth by certain of our largest customers or our inability to
optimize our network of distribution centers to serve our customers, retain existing customers, successfully integrate acquired
entities or significant new customers, implement information systems initiatives, or adequately manage our personnel.
We have substantially expanded our distribution center network through the acquisition of Supervalu. If we fail to optimize the
volume of supply operations in our distribution center network or do not retain existing business, excess capacity may be
created. Any excess capacity may create inefficiencies and adversely affect our business, financial condition, or results of
operations, including as a result of incurring operating costs for these facilities without sufficient corresponding sales revenue to
cover these costs.
We cannot assure you that we will be able to successfully optimize our distribution center network or open new distribution
centers in new or existing markets if needed to accommodate or facilitate growth or that certain of our distribution centers will
not have, or continue to have, operational challenges. Our ability to compete effectively, maintain service levels, and manage
future growth, if any, will depend on our ability to maximize operational efficiencies across our distribution center network, to
implement and improve on a timely basis operational, financial and management information systems, including our warehouse
management systems, and to expand, train, motivate and manage our work force. We cannot assure you that our existing
personnel, systems, procedures and controls will be adequate to support the future growth of our operations. Our inability to
manage our growth effectively could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of
operations.
14
Further, a key element of our current growth strategy is to increase the amount of fresh, perishable products that we distribute.
We believe that the ability to distribute these products that are typically found in the perimeter of our customers’ stores, in
addition to the products we have historically distributed, will differentiate us from our competitors and increase demand for our
products. We accelerated this fresh strategy with acquisitions. If we are unable to grow this portion of our business and manage
that growth effectively, our business, financial condition, or results of operations may be materially and adversely affected, or
we may not be able to fully realize the benefits of those acquisition.
Our wholesale distribution business could be adversely affected if we are not able to attract new customers, increase sales to or
retain existing customers, or if our customers are unable to grow their businesses.
The profitability of our wholesale segment is dependent upon sufficient volume to support our operating infrastructure, which is
dependent on our ability to attract new customers and increase sales to and retain existing customers. The inability to attract
new customers or the loss of existing customers from a decision to use alternative sources of distribution, whether through a
competing wholesaler or by converting to self-distribution, or due to retail closure or industry consolidation may negatively
impact our sales and operating margins.
Our success also depends in part on the financial success and cooperation of our wholesale customers. These wholesale
customers manage their businesses independently and, therefore, are responsible for the day-to-day operation of their stores.
They may not experience an acceptable level of sales or profitability, and our revenues and gross margins could be negatively
affected as a result. We may also need to extend credit to our wholesale customers. While we seek to obtain security interests
and other credit support in connection with the financial accommodations we extend, such collateral may not be sufficient to
cover our exposure. Additionally, in the past we have entered into wholesale customer support arrangements to guaranty or
subsidize real estate obligations, which make us contingently liable in the event our wholesale customers default. If sales trends
or profitability worsen for wholesale customers, their financial results may deteriorate, which could result in, among other
things, lost business for us, delayed or reduced payments to us or defaults on payments or other liabilities owed by wholesale
customers to us, any of which could adversely impact our financial condition and results of operations, as well as our ability to
grow our wholesale business. In this regard, our wholesale customers are affected by the same economic conditions, including
food inflation and deflation, and competition that our retail segment faces. The magnitude of these risks increases as the size of
our wholesale customers increases.
Many of our customers are not obligated to continue purchasing products from us and larger customers that do have multiyear
contracts with us may terminate these contracts early in certain situations or choose not to renew or extend the contract at its
expiration.
Many of our wholesale customers buy from us under purchase orders, and we generally do not have written agreements with or
long-term commitments from these customers for the purchase of products. We cannot assure you that these customers will
maintain or increase their orders for the products supplied by us or that we will be able to maintain or add to our existing
customer base. Decreases in our volumes or orders for products supplied by us for these customers with whom we do not have a
long-term contract may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations.
We may have contracts with certain of our customers (as is the case with many of our chain customers) that obligate the
customer to buy products from us for a particular period of time. Even in this case, the contracts may not require the customer
to purchase a minimum amount of products from us or the contracts may afford the customer better pricing in the event that the
volume of the customer’s purchases exceeds certain levels. If these customers were to terminate or fail to perform under these
contracts prior to their scheduled termination, or if we or the customer elected not to renew or extend the term of the contract at
its expiration or not to renew or extend at historical purchase levels, it may have a material adverse effect on our business,
financial condition, or results of operations, including additional operational expenses to transition out of the business or to
adjust our facilities and staffing costs to cover the reduction in net sales.
Changes in relationships with our suppliers may adversely affect our profitability, and conditions beyond our control can
interrupt our supplies and alter our product costs.
We cooperatively engage in a variety of promotional programs with our suppliers. We manage these programs to maintain or
improve our margins and increase sales. Recently, we have experienced a reduction in promotional spending and payment of
slotting fees for new products by our suppliers as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, and we may experience further
reductions or changes in promotional spending (including as a result of increased demand for natural and organic products)
which could have a significant impact on our profitability. We depend heavily on our ability to purchase merchandise in
sufficient quantities at competitive prices. We have no assurances of continued supply, pricing, or access to new products and
any supplier could at any time change the terms upon which it sells to us or discontinue selling to us.
15
The majority of our suppliers are based in the United States and Canada, but we also source products from suppliers throughout
the world. For the most part, we do not have long-term contracts with our suppliers committing them to provide products to us.
Although our purchasing volume can provide benefits, suppliers may not provide the products needed by us in the quantities or
at the prices requested. For example, we have experienced, and continue to experience, higher than usual levels of out-of-stocks
leading to reduced fill rates during the COVID-19 pandemic. These shortages have caused us to incur higher Operating
expenses due to the cost of moving products between our distribution facilities in order to attempt to maintain expected service
levels. We cannot be sure when this trend will end or whether it will recur in the future. We are also subject to delays caused by
interruption in production and increases in product costs based on conditions outside of our control. These conditions include
work slowdowns, work interruptions, strikes, or other job actions by employees of suppliers, short-term weather conditions or
more prolonged climate change, crop conditions, product recalls, water shortages, transportation interruptions, unavailability of
fuel or increases in fuel costs, competitive demands, raw material shortages, and natural disasters or other catastrophic events
(including, but not limited to food-borne illnesses). As the consumer demand for natural and organic products has increased,
certain retailers and other producers have entered the market and attempted to buy certain raw materials directly, limiting their
availability to be used in certain supplier products. In addition, increased tariffs on imported goods, and any retaliatory actions
by affected countries, may result in an increase in our costs for goods imported into the United States, and may reduce customer
demand for affected products if the parties having to pay those tariffs increase their prices.
Further, increased frequency or duration of extreme weather conditions could also impair production capabilities, disrupt our
supply chain, or impact demand for our products. For example, in the past, weather patterns have at times resulted in lower than
normal levels of precipitation in key agricultural states, such as California, impacting the price of water and corresponding
prices of food products grown in states facing drought conditions. In addition, wildfires in the West have impacted certain of
our suppliers in the past. The impact of sustained extreme weather conditions is uncertain and could result in volatile input
costs. Input costs could increase at any point in time for a large portion of the products that we sell for a prolonged period.
Conversely, in years where rainfall levels are abundant, product costs, particularly in our perishable and produce businesses,
may decline and the results of this product cost deflation could negatively impact our results of operations. Our inability to
obtain adequate products as a result of any of the foregoing factors or otherwise could prevent us from fulfilling our obligations
to customers, and customers may turn to other distributors. In that case, our business, financial condition or results of operations
could be materially and adversely affected.
Disruptions to our or third-party information technology systems, including cyber-attacks and security breaches, and the costs
of maintaining secure and effective information technology systems could negatively affect our business and results of
operations.
The efficient operation of our businesses is highly dependent on computer hardware and software systems, including
customized information technology systems. Additionally, our businesses increasingly involve the receipt, storage and
transmission of sensitive data, including personal information about our customers, employees, and vendors and our proprietary
business information. We also share information with vendors. Information systems are vulnerable to not functioning as
designed and to disruptions and security breaches by computer hackers and cyber terrorists, which risks may be more
pronounced as associates continue to work from home.
Although we continue to take actions to strengthen the security of our information technology systems, these measures and
technology may not adequately anticipate or prevent security breaches in the future or we may not be able to timely implement
these measures and technology. Cyber-attacks are rapidly evolving and becoming increasingly frequent, sophisticated and
difficult to detect. The failure to promptly detect, determine the extent of, appropriately respond to, and contain a significant
data security attack or breach of our systems or any third-party systems used by us could have a material adverse impact on our
business, financial condition, or results of operations. We could also lose credibility with our customers and suffer damage to
our reputation and future sales, including through negative publicity and social media. In addition, the unavailability of the
information systems or failure of these systems or software to perform as anticipated for any reason, including a ransomware
attack, and any inability to respond to, or recover from, such an event, could disrupt our business, impact our customers and
could result in decreased performance, increased overhead costs and increased risk for liability, causing our business and results
of operations to suffer.
16
As a merchant that accepts debit and credit cards for payment, we are subject to the Payment Card Industry Data Security
Standard (“PCI DSS”), issued by the PCI Council. Additionally, we are subject to PCI DSS as a service provider, which is a
business entity that is not a payment brand directly involved in the processing, storage or transmission of cardholder data. PCI
DSS contains compliance guidelines and standards with regard to our security surrounding the physical and electronic storage,
processing and transmission of individual cardholder data. By accepting debit cards for payment, we are also subject to
compliance with American National Standards Institute data encryption standards and payment network security operating
guidelines. The cost of complying with stricter privacy and information security laws, standards and guidelines, including
evolving PCI DSS standards, and developing, maintaining, and upgrading technology systems to address future advances in
technology, could be significant and we could experience problems and interruptions associated with the implementation of
new or upgraded systems and technology or with maintenance or adequate support of existing systems. Failure to comply with
such laws, standards, and guidelines, or payment card industry standards such as accepting Europay, MasterCard and Visa
(EMV) transactions, could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, or results of operations.
Increases in healthcare, pension, and other costs under the Company’s and multiemployer benefit plans could adversely affect
our financial condition and results of operations.
We provide single employer and multiemployer health, defined benefit pension, defined contribution benefits to many of our
employees and, in some cases, former employees. The costs of such benefits continue to increase, and the extent of any increase
depends on a number of different factors, many of which are beyond our control. These factors include governmental
regulations such as The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, which has resulted in changes to the U.S. healthcare system
and imposes mandatory types of coverage, reporting and other requirements; return on assets held in plans; changes in actuarial
valuations, estimates, or assumptions used to determine our benefit obligations for certain benefit plans, which require the use
of significant estimates, including the discount rate, expected long-term rate of return on plan assets, mortality rates and the
rates of increase in compensation and healthcare costs; for multiemployer plans, the outcome of collective bargaining and
actions taken by trustees who manage the plans; and potential changes to applicable legislation or regulation. If we are unable to
control these benefits and costs, we may experience increased operating costs, which may adversely affect our financial
condition and results of operations.
Additionally, certain multiemployer pension plans, and to a lesser extent, certain Company-sponsored plans, in which we
participate are underfunded with the projected benefit obligations exceeding the fair value of those plans’ assets, in certain cases
(for example, Central States Pension Plan), by a wide margin. Withdrawal liabilities from multiemployer plans could be
material, our efforts to mitigate these liabilities may not be successful, and potential exposure to withdrawal liabilities could
cause us to forgo or negatively impact our ability to enter into other business opportunities. Some of these plans have required
rehabilitation plans or funding improvement plans, and we can give no assurances of the extent to which a rehabilitation plan or
a funding improvement plan will improve the funded status of the plan. We expect that increases of unfunded liabilities of these
plans would result in increased future payments by us and the other participating employers over the next several years. Any
changes to our pension plans that would impact associates covered by collective bargaining agreements will be subject to
negotiation, which may limit our ability to manage our exposure to these plans. A significant increase to funding requirements
could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows. The financial condition of these pension
plans may also negatively impact our debt ratings, which may increase the cost of borrowing or adversely affect our ability to
access financial markets.
Our insurance and self-insurance programs may not be adequate to cover future claims.
We use a combination of insurance and self-insurance to provide for potential liabilities, including workers’ compensation,
general and auto liability, director and officer liability, property risk, cyber and privacy risks and employee healthcare benefits.
We believe that our insurance coverage is customary for businesses of our size and type. However, there are types of losses we
may incur that cannot be insured against or that we believe are not commercially reasonable to insure. These losses, should they
occur, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. In addition, the cost of
insurance fluctuates based upon our historical trends, market conditions, and availability. In response to the current market, we
have also increased deductibles and increased percentages of loss retention above the deductible for certain of our policies,
which could expose us to higher costs in the event of a claim.
We estimate the liabilities and required reserves associated with the risks we retain. Any such estimates and actuarial projection
of losses is subject to a considerable degree of variability. Among the causes of this variability are changes in benefit levels,
medical fee schedules, medical utilization guidelines, severity of injuries and accidents, vocation rehabilitation and
apportionment and unpredictable external factors affecting inflation rates, discount rates, rising healthcare costs, litigation
trends, legal interpretations, and actual claim settlement patterns. If actual losses incurred are greater than those anticipated, our
reserves may be insufficient and additional costs could be recorded in our consolidated financial statements. If we suffer a
17
substantial loss that exceeds our self-insurance reserves and any excess insurance coverage, the loss and attendant expenses
could harm our business, financial condition, or results of operations.
Our debt agreements contain restrictive covenants that may limit our operating flexibility.
Our debt agreements, including the loan agreement (the “ABL Loan Agreement”) related to our $2,100 million asset-based
revolving credit facility (the “ABL Credit Facility”) entered into on August 30, 2018, as amended, and the term loan agreement
(the “Term Loan Agreement”) related to our $1,950.0 million term loan facility (the “Term Loan Facility”) entered into in
October 2018, as amended, and the indenture governing our unsecured 6.75% Senior Notes due October 15, 2028 (the “Senior
Notes”) contain financial covenants and other restrictions that limit our operating flexibility and our flexibility in planning for
or reacting to changes in our business. These restrictions may prevent us from taking actions that we believe would be in the
best interest of our business if we were not subject to these limitations and may make it difficult for us to successfully execute
our business strategy or effectively compete with companies that are not similarly restricted.
In addition, our ABL Loan Agreement, Term Loan Agreement, and the indenture governing the Senior Notes require that we
comply with various financial tests and impose certain restrictions on us, including among other things, restrictions on our
ability to incur additional indebtedness, create liens on assets, make loans or investments, or return capital to stockholders
through share repurchases or paying dividends. Failure to comply with these covenants could have a material adverse effect on
our business, financial condition, or results of operations.
The cost of the capital available to us and limitations on our ability to access additional capital may have a material adverse
effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations.
Historically, acquisitions and capital expenditures have been a large component of our growth. We anticipate that capital
expenditures will continue to be, and acquisitions may be, important to our growth in the future. As a result, increases in the
cost of capital available to us, which could result from volatility in the credit markets, downgrades of our credit ratings, our not
being in compliance with restrictive covenants under our debt agreements, or our inability to access additional capital to finance
acquisitions and capital expenditures through borrowed funds could restrict our ability to grow our business organically or
through acquisitions, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations.
In addition, our profit margins depend on strategic investment buying initiatives, such as discounted bulk purchases, which
require spending significant amounts of working capital up-front to purchase products that we then sell over a multi-month time
period. Therefore, increases in the cost of capital available to us or our inability to access additional capital through borrowed
funds at satisfactory economic terms could restrict our ability to engage in strategic investment buying initiatives, which could
reduce our profit margins and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations.
We have experienced losses due to the uncollectibility of accounts and notes receivable in the past and could experience
increases in such losses in the future if our customers are unable to timely pay their debts to us.
Certain of our customers have from time to time experienced bankruptcy, insolvency, or an inability to pay their debts to us as
they come due. If our customers suffer significant financial difficulty, they may be unable to pay their debts to us timely or at
all, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations. It is possible that
customers may reject their contractual obligations to us under bankruptcy laws or otherwise. Significant customer bankruptcies
could further adversely affect our revenues and increase our operating expenses by requiring larger provisions for bad debt. For
example, we incurred significant bad debt expense in the second quarter of fiscal 2020 as a result of three customer
bankruptcies. In addition, even when our contracts with these customers are not rejected in bankruptcy, if customers are unable
to meet their obligations on a timely basis, it could adversely affect our ability to collect receivables. Further, we may have to
negotiate significant discounts and/or extended financing terms with these customers in such a situation, each of which could
have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations.
During periods of economic weakness, small to medium-sized businesses, like many of our independents channel customers,
may be impacted more severely and more quickly than larger businesses. Similarly, these smaller businesses may be more
likely to be more severely impacted by events outside of their control, like significant weather events. Consequently, the ability
of such businesses to repay their obligations to us may deteriorate, and in some cases this deterioration may occur quickly,
which could materially and adversely impact our business, financial condition, or results of operations.
18
Impairment charges for long-lived assets could adversely affect the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.
We monitor the recoverability of our long-lived assets, such as buildings, equipment and leased assets, and evaluate their
carrying value for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets
may not be fully recoverable. If the review performed indicates that impairment has occurred, we are required to record a non-
cash impairment charge for the difference between the carrying value and fair value of the long-lived assets, in the period the
determination is made. The testing of long-lived assets and goodwill for impairment requires us to make estimates that are
subject to significant assumptions about our future revenue, profitability, cash flows, fair value of assets and liabilities,
weighted average cost of capital, as well as other assumptions. Changes in these estimates, or changes in actual performance
compared with these estimates, may affect the fair value of long-lived assets, which may result in an impairment charge.
We cannot accurately predict the amount or timing of any impairment of assets. Should the value of long-lived assets become
impaired, our financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected.
Changes in the military commissary system or decreases in governmental funding could negatively impact the sales and
operating performance of our military business.
Our Wholesale segment sells and distributes grocery products to military commissaries and exchanges in the United States. The
commissary system has experienced material changes as the Defense Commissary Agency has looked to reduce the level of
governmental funding required for the system, including to lower prices from suppliers and to offer its own private label
products. The military food distribution industry already has narrow operating margins making economies of scale critical for
distributors. These changes could have an adverse impact on the sales and operating performance of our military business.
Additionally, our military business faces competition from large national and regional food distributors, as well as smaller food
distributors, and the military commissaries and exchanges face competition from low-cost retailers.
Economic Risks
Our leverage and debt service obligations increase our sensitivity to the effects of economic downturns and could adversely
affect our business.
As of July 31, 2021, we had approximately $2.2 billion of long-term debt outstanding. Our leverage, and any increase therein,
could have important potential consequences, including, but not limited to:
•
•
•
•
•
increasing our vulnerability to, and reducing our flexibility in planning for and responding to, adverse general
economic and industry conditions and changes in our business and the competitive environment and placing us at a
disadvantage to our competitors that are less leveraged;
requiring us to use a substantial portion of operating cash flow to pay principal of, and interest on, indebtedness,
instead of other purposes, such as funding working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, share repurchases, or
other corporate purposes;
increasing our vulnerability to a downgrade of our credit rating, which could adversely affect our cost of funds,
liquidity, and access to capital markets;
restricting us from making desired strategic acquisitions in the future or causing us to make non-strategic divestitures;
increasing our exposure to the risk of increased interest rates insofar as current and future borrowings are subject to
variable rates of interest;
• making it more difficult for us to repay, refinance, or satisfy our obligations with respect to our debt;
limiting our ability to borrow additional funds and increasing the cost of any such borrowing; and
•
imposing restrictive covenants on our operations, which could result in an event of default if we are unable to comply,
•
and absent any cure or waiver of such default ultimately could result in the acceleration of the such debt and
potentially other debt with cross-acceleration or cross-default provisions.
There is no assurance that we will generate sufficient cash flow from operations or that future debt or equity financing will be
available to us to enable us to pay our indebtedness. As a result, we may need to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness
on or before maturity, however, we may not be able to do on favorable terms, or at all. Any inability to generate sufficient cash
flow or refinance our indebtedness on favorable terms could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition,
or results of operations. In addition, the upcoming transition away from the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”), as a
common reference rate in the global financial market, may adversely affect interest expense related to borrowings under our
credit facilities and our interest rate swaps, which could potentially negatively impact our financial condition.
19
Changes in consumer eating habits could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, or results of
operations.
Changes in consumer eating habits away from natural, organic, or specialty products could reduce demand for our higher
margin natural and organic products. Consumer eating habits could be affected by a number of factors, including changes in
attitudes regarding benefits of natural and organic products when compared to similar lower margin conventional products or
new information regarding the health effects of consuming certain foods. Although there is a growing consumer preference for
sustainable, organic and locally grown products, there can be no assurance that such trend will continue. Changing consumer
eating habits also occur due to generational shifts, including younger generations seeking new and different foods, as well as
more ethnic, menu options and menu innovation. However, there can be no assurance that such trend will continue. If consumer
eating habits change significantly, we may be required to modify or discontinue sales of certain items in our product portfolio,
and we may experience higher costs associated with the implementation of those changes. Additionally, if we are not able to
effectively respond to changes in consumer perceptions or adapt our product offerings to trends in eating habits, our business,
financial condition, or results of operations could suffer.
Increased fuel costs may adversely affect our results of operations.
Increased fuel costs may have a negative impact on our results of operations. The high cost of diesel fuel can increase the price
we pay for products as well as the costs we incur to deliver products to our customers, including costs of inbound goods from
our suppliers. These factors, in turn, may negatively impact our net sales, margins, operating expenses, and operating results.
To manage this risk, we have in the past entered, and may in the future enter, into commodity derivative contracts to hedge a
portion of our projected diesel fuel requirements. To the extent we do not enter into commodity swap agreements, our exposure
to volatility in the price of diesel fuel would increase relative to our exposure to volatility in periods in which we had
outstanding commodity derivative contracts. We do not enter into fuel hedge contracts for speculative purposes. We
periodically enter into forward purchase commitments for a portion of our projected monthly diesel fuel requirements at fixed
prices. We also maintain a fuel surcharge program with certain customers, which allows us to pass some of our higher fuel costs
through to those customers. We cannot guarantee that we will continue to be able to pass a comparable proportion or any of our
higher fuel costs to our customers in the future, which may adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of
operations.
Disruption of our distribution network or to the operations of our customers could adversely affect our business.
Damage or disruption to our distribution capabilities due to weather, including extreme or prolonged weather conditions,
natural disaster, fire, civil unrest, terrorism, pandemic, strikes, product recalls or safety concerns generally, crop conditions,
availability of key commodities, regulatory actions, disruptions in technology, the financial and/or operational instability of key
suppliers, performance by outsourced service providers, transportation interruptions, labor supply or stoppages or vendor
defaults or disputes, or other reasons could impair our ability to distribute our products. For example, we have both distribution
centers and retail stores in cities and states where civil unrest has led to extensive property damage. Further civil unrest and
damage to our real and personal property, or our customers’ locations, could have an adverse impact to our business. To the
extent that we are unable, or it is not financially feasible, to mitigate the likelihood or potential impact of such events, or to
manage effectively such events if they occur, there could be an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of
operations.
In addition, such disruptions may reduce the number of consumers who visit our customers’ facilities in any affected areas.
Furthermore, such disruption may interrupt or impede access to our customers’ facilities, all of which could have a material
adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations.
Legal and Regulatory Risks
We are subject to significant governmental regulation.
Our business is highly regulated at the federal, state, and local levels and our products and distribution operations require
various licenses, permits, and approvals, including:
•
•
the products that we distribute in the United States are subject to inspection by the United States Food and Drug
Administration;
our warehouse and distribution centers are subject to inspection by the United States Department of Agriculture, the
United States Department of Labor Occupational and Health Administration, and various state health and workplace
safety authorities; and
20
•
the United States Department of Transportation and the United States Federal Highway Administration regulate our
United States trucking operations.
In addition, the various federal, state and local laws, regulations and administrative practices to which we are subject require us
to comply with numerous provisions regulating areas such as environmental, health and sanitation standards, food safety,
marketing of natural or organically produced food, facilities, pharmacies, equal employment opportunity, public accessibility,
employee benefits, wages and hours worked and licensing for the sale of food, drugs, tobacco and alcoholic beverages, among
others. For example:
Environmental, Health and Safety: Our operations are subject to extensive and increasingly stringent laws and regulations
pertaining to the protection of the environment, including those relating to the discharge of materials into the environment, the
disposal of food by-products, the handling, treatment, and disposal of wastes, maintenance of refrigeration systems, and
remediation of soil and groundwater contamination. Compliance with existing or changing environmental and safety
requirements, including more stringent limitations imposed or expected to be imposed in recently renewed or soon-to-be
renewed environmental permits, may require capital expenditures. Additionally, concern over climate change, including the
impact of global warming, has led to significant United States and international legislative and regulatory efforts to limit
greenhouse gas emissions. Increased regulation regarding greenhouse gas emissions, especially diesel engine emissions, could
impose substantial costs on us. These costs include an increase in the cost of the fuel and other energy we purchase and capital
costs associated with updating or replacing our vehicles prematurely. Until the timing, scope, and extent of such regulation
becomes known, we cannot predict its effect on our results of operations. It is reasonably possible, however, that it could
impose material costs on us which we may be unable to pass on to our customers.
Food Safety and Marketing: There is increasing governmental scrutiny, regulations and public awareness regarding food quality
and food and drug safety. We may be adversely affected if consumers lose confidence in the safety and quality of our food and
drug products. In addition, we are subject to increasing governmental scrutiny of and public awareness regarding food safety
and the sale, packaging, and marketing of natural and organic products. Compliance with these laws may impose a significant
burden on our operations.
Wage Rates and Paid Leave: Changes in federal, state or local minimum wage and overtime laws or employee paid leave laws
could cause us to incur additional wage costs, which could adversely affect our operating margins. Failure to comply with
existing or new laws or regulations could result in significant damages, penalties and/or litigation costs.
Foreign Operations: Our supplier base includes domestic and foreign suppliers. In addition, we have customers located outside
the United States. Accordingly, laws and regulations affecting the importation and taxation of goods, including duties, tariffs
and quotas, or changes in the enforcement of those laws and regulations could adversely impact our financial condition and
results of operations. In addition, we are required to comply with laws and regulations governing export controls, and ethical,
anti-bribery and similar business practices such as the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act. Our Canadian operations are similarly
subject to extensive regulation, including the English and French dual labeling requirements applicable to products that we
distribute in Canada. The loss or revocation of any existing licenses, permits, or approvals or the failure to obtain any additional
licenses, permits, or approvals in new jurisdictions where we intend to do business could have a material adverse effect on our
business, financial condition, or results of operations.
Pharmacy: We are required to meet various security and operating standards and comply with the Controlled Substances Act
and its accompanying regulations governing the sale, marketing, packaging, holding, record keeping, and distribution of
controlled substances. During the past several years, the United States healthcare industry has been subject to an increase in
governmental regulation and audits at both the federal and state levels. For example, in 2019, the Company settled with the
Drug Enforcement Administration alleged violations of the Controlled Substances Act relating to an administrative subpoena
received by Supervalu that requested, among other things, information on the Company’s pharmacy policies and procedures
generally, as well as the production of documents that are required to be kept and maintained pursuant to the Controlled
Substances Act and its accompanying regulations.
The failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements or make capital expenditures required to maintain compliance
with governmental laws and regulations, including those referred to above and in Item 1. Business-Government Regulation of
this Annual Report, could result in, among other things, administrative, civil, or criminal penalties or fines; mandatory or
voluntary product recalls; warning or other letters; cease and desist orders against operations that are not in compliance; closure
of facilities or operations; the loss, revocation, or modification of any existing licenses, permits, registrations, or approvals; the
failure to obtain additional licenses, permits, registrations, or approvals in new jurisdictions where we intend to do business; or
the loss of our ability to participate in federal and state healthcare programs, any of which could have a material adverse effect
on our business, financial condition, or results of operations. These laws and regulations may change in the future. We cannot
21
predict the nature of future laws, regulations, interpretations, or applications, nor can we determine the effect that additional
governmental regulations or administrative orders, when and if promulgated, or disparate federal, state and local regulatory
schemes would have on our future business. We may incur material costs in our efforts to comply with current or future laws
and regulations or due to any required product recalls.
In addition, if we fail to comply with applicable laws and regulations or encounter disagreements with respect to our contracts
subject to governmental regulations, including those referred to above, we may be subject to investigations, criminal sanctions
or civil remedies, including fines, injunctions, prohibitions on exporting, seizures, or debarments from contracting with the U.S.
or Canadian governments. The cost of compliance or the consequences of non-compliance, including debarments, could have a
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations. In addition, governmental units may make
changes in the regulatory frameworks within which we operate that may require either the corporation as a whole or individual
businesses to incur substantial increases in costs in order to comply with such laws and regulations.
Product liability claims could have an adverse effect on our business.
We face a risk of exposure to product liability claims if the products we manufacture or sell cause injury or illness. In addition,
meat, seafood, cheese, poultry, and other products that we distribute could be subject to recall because they are, or are alleged to
be, contaminated, spoiled or inappropriately labeled. Our meat and poultry products may be subject to contamination by
disease-producing organisms, or pathogens, such as Listeria monocytogenes, Salmonella and generic E.coli. These pathogens
are generally found in the environment, and as a result, there is a risk that they, as a result of food processing, could be present
in the meat and poultry products we distribute. These pathogens can also be introduced as a result of improper handling at the
consumer level. These risks may be controlled, although not eliminated, by adherence to good manufacturing practices and
finished product testing. We have little, if any, control over proper handling before we receive the product or once the product
has been shipped to our customers. Any events that give rise to actual or potential food contamination, drug contamination or
food-borne illness or injury, or events that give rise to claims that our products are not of the quality or composition claimed to
be, may result in product liability claims from individuals, consumers and governmental agencies, penalties and enforcement
actions from government agencies, a loss of consumer confidence, harm to our reputation and could cause production and
delivery disruptions, which may adversely affect our financial condition or results of operations. While we generally seek
contractual indemnification and insurance coverage from our suppliers, we might not be able to recover these significant costs
from our suppliers. We may be subject to liability, which could be substantial, because of actual or alleged contamination in
products manufactured or sold by us, including products sold by companies before we acquired them.
In addition, if we were to manufacture or distribute foods that are or are perceived to be unsafe, contaminated, or defective, it
may be necessary for us to recall such products, or we may recall products that we determine do not satisfy our quality
standards. Any resulting product recalls could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of
operations. We have, and the companies we have acquired have had, liability insurance with respect to product liability claims.
This insurance may not continue to be available at a reasonable cost or at all, and may not be adequate to cover product liability
claims against us or against companies we have acquired. We generally seek contractual indemnification from manufacturers,
but any such indemnification is limited, as a practical matter, to the creditworthiness of the indemnifying party. If we do not
have adequate insurance or contractual indemnification available, product liability claims and costs associated with product
recalls, including a loss of business, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, or results of
operations.
We may be unable to adequately protect our intellectual property rights, which could harm our business.
We rely on a combination of trademark, service mark trade secret, copyright, and domain name law and internal procedures and
nondisclosure agreements to protect our intellectual property. We believe our trademarks, private label products, and domain
names are valuable assets. However, our intellectual property rights may not be sufficient to distinguish our products and
services from those of our competitors and to provide us with a competitive advantage. From time to time, third parties may use
names, logos, and slogans similar to ours, may apply to register trademarks or domain names similar to ours, and may infringe
or otherwise violate our intellectual property rights. Our intellectual property rights may not be successfully asserted against
such third parties or may be invalidated, circumvented, or challenged. Asserting or defending our intellectual property rights
could be time consuming and costly and could distract management’s attention and resources. If we are unable to prevent our
competitors from using names, logos, slogans, and domain names similar to ours, consumer confusion could result, the
perception of our brands and products could be negatively affected, and our sales and profitability could suffer as a result. In
addition, if our wholesale customers receive negative publicity or fail to maintain the quality of the goods and services used in
connection with our trademarks, our rights to, and the value of, our trademarks could potentially be harmed. Failure to protect
our proprietary information could also have an adverse effect on our business.
22
We may also be subject to claims that our activities or the products we sell infringe, misappropriate, or otherwise violate the
intellectual property rights of others. Any such claims can be time consuming and costly to defend and may distract
management’s attention and resources, even if the claims are without merit, and may prevent us from using our trademarks in
certain geographies or in connection with certain products and services, any of which could adversely affect our business.
ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
None.
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES
Distribution Centers
We maintained 57 distribution centers and warehouses at July 31, 2021, which were utilized by our Wholesale segment and our
other operating segments. The following table shows our dry and cold storage distribution and warehouse facilities and their
associated owned and leased square footage occupied as of July 31, 2021:
Location(1)
Hopkins, Minnesota(2)
Allentown, Pennsylvania
Stockton, California
Mechanicsville, Virginia(2)
Riverside, California
Centralia, Washington
York, Pennsylvania
Joliet, Illinois
Green Bay, Wisconsin
Champaign, Illinois
Harrisburg, Pennsylvania
Fort Wayne, Indiana(2)
Commerce, California
Pompano Beach, Florida
Ridgefield, Washington(2)
Quincy, Florida(2)
Sarasota, Florida
Montgomery, New York(2)
Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania(2)
Atlanta, Georgia(2)
Moreno Valley, California
Lancaster, Texas
Anniston, Alabama(2)
Indianola, Mississippi
Aurora, Colorado
Rocklin, California(2)
Stevens Point, Wisconsin(2)
Gilroy, California(2)
Sturtevant, Wisconsin(2)
Carlisle, Pennsylvania
Howell Township, New Jersey(2)
Chesterfield, New Hampshire(2)
Richburg, South Carolina(2)
Owned Square
Footage
Leased Square
Footage
(in thousands)
Total Square
Footage
1,866
—
—
1,249
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
871
—
—
779
758
—
500
679
389
—
—
465
543
—
469
314
447
442
—
397
300
342
—
1,327
1,290
—
1,175
1,155
1,039
988
980
910
883
—
858
799
—
—
743
180
—
259
613
590
105
—
529
—
146
—
—
423
—
69
—
1,866
1,327
1,290
1,249
1,175
1,155
1,039
988
980
910
883
871
858
799
779
758
743
680
679
648
613
590
570
543
529
469
460
447
442
423
397
369
342
23
Location(1)
Fargo, North Dakota(2)
Oglesby, Illinois
Dayville, Connecticut(2)
Greenwood, Indiana(2)
Prescott, Wisconsin(2)
Santa Fe Springs, California
Iowa City, Iowa
West Sacramento, California(2)
Bismarck, North Dakota(2)
Anniston, Alabama
Yuba City, California
Billings, Montana(2)
Vaughan, Ontario
Edison, New Jersey
West Newell, Illinois
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
Richmond, British Columbia
Roseville, California
West Sacramento, California(2)
Logan Township, New Jersey
Burnaby, British Columbia
Fife, Washington
Montreal, Quebec
Truckee, California
Total
Owned Square
Footage
Leased Square
Footage
(in thousands)
Total Square
Footage
336
—
317
308
307
—
271
251
244
—
—
220
—
—
155
—
—
—
85
—
—
—
—
—
13,304
—
325
—
—
298
20
—
—
231
224
—
180
178
—
100
96
86
—
70
41
39
31
8
16,988
336
325
317
308
307
298
291
251
244
231
224
220
180
178
155
100
96
86
85
70
41
39
31
8
30,292
(1) Distribution centers and warehouses as presented here reflect the location of the main distribution center campus and warehouse
combined with their related offsite storage used to supply customers out of these locations.
(2) These distribution centers secure our Term Loan Facility.
Retail Stores
The following table summarizes continuing operations retail stores utilized by our Retail segment as of July 31, 2021:
Retail Banner
Cub Foods(1)
Shoppers(2)
Total
Number of
Stores
Owned Square
Footage
Leased Square
Footage
(square footage in thousands)
Total Square
Footage
53
21
74
1,134
—
1,134
2,514
1,263
3,777
3,648
1,263
4,911
(1) Cub Foods stores include stores in which we have a controlling ownership interest, and excludes 33 franchised Cub Foods stores in
which we have a minority interest or no ownership interest.
(2) Shoppers retail stores exclude two Shoppers stores classified as discontinued operations in the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Corporate
As of July 31, 2021, we had approximately 1 million square feet, 93 percent of which was leased, of surplus retail stores and
warehouses, excluding assigned leases.
24
As of July 31, 2021, we utilized approximately 552 thousand square feet of corporate office space primarily related to our
executive offices located in Providence, Rhode Island and Eden Prairie, Minnesota, as well as other smaller administrative
offices across the United States. We own approximately 240 thousand square feet and lease the remaining 312 thousand square
feet of our corporate office space.
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
From time to time, we are involved in routine litigation or other legal proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of our
business, including investigations and claims regarding employment law, pension plans, unfair labor practices, labor union
disputes, supplier, customer and service provider contract terms, real estate and antitrust. Other than as described in Note 17—
Commitments, Contingencies and Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report, which is
incorporated herein, there are no pending material legal proceedings to which we are a party or to which our property is subject.
ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES
Not applicable.
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
PART II.
Market Information, Holders and Dividends
Our common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the symbol “UNFI”.
On July 31, 2021, we had 80 stockholders of record.
We have never paid any cash dividends on our capital stock. We anticipate that all of our earnings in the foreseeable future will
be retained to finance the continued growth and development of our business and repay our outstanding indebtedness, and we
have no current intention to pay cash dividends. Our future dividend policy will depend on our earnings, capital requirements,
financial condition and other factors considered relevant by our Board of Directors. Additionally, our ABL Credit Facility,
Term Loan Facility and Senior Notes contain terms that limit our ability to make any cash dividends unless certain conditions
and financial tests are met.
Comparative Stock Performance
The following graph compares the yearly change in cumulative total stockholder returns on our common stock for the last five
fiscal years with the cumulative return on the Standard & Poor’s (“S&P”) SmallCap 600 Index and the S&P SmallCap 600
Food Distributors Index. The comparison assumes the investment of $100 on July 30, 2016 in our common stock and in each of
the indices and, in each case, assumes reinvestment of all dividends. The stock price performance shown below is not
necessarily indicative of future performance.
25
This performance graph shall not be deemed “soliciting material” or be deemed to be “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the
Exchange Act or otherwise subject to the liabilities under that Section and shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference
into any of our filings under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), or the Exchange Act.
COMPARISON OF 5 YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN
Among United Natural Foods, Inc., the S&P SmallCap 600, the S&P SmallCap 600 Food Distributors(1)
(1) Our selected industry peer group reflects the S&P SmallCap 600 Food Distributors Index, which includes SpartanNash Company,
The Andersons, Inc., The Chef’s Warehouse, Inc. and United Natural Foods, Inc.
$
United Natural Foods, Inc.
$
S&P SmallCap 600 Index
S&P SmallCap 600 Food Distributors Index $
July 30,
2016
100.00 $
100.00 $
100.00 $
July 29,
2017
July 28,
2018
August 3,
2019
August 1,
2020
July 31,
2021
75.79 $
117.85 $
91.37 $
65.05 $
143.80 $
87.58 $
16.85 $
131.55 $
49.74 $
39.72 $
123.36 $
50.95 $
66.27
193.62
83.70
26
United Natural Foods, Inc.S&P SmallCap 600 IndexS&P SmallCap 600 Food Distributors IndexJuly 30,2016July 29,2017July 28,2018August 3,2019August 1,2020July 31,2021$0$50$100$150$200$250 Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
On October 6, 2017, we announced that our Board of Directors authorized a share repurchase program for up to $200 million of
our outstanding common stock. The repurchase program is scheduled to expire upon our repurchase of shares of our common
stock having an aggregate purchase price of $200 million. We did not repurchase any shares of our common stock in fiscal
2021 or 2020 pursuant to the share repurchase program. As of July 31, 2021, we have $176 million remaining authorized under
the share repurchase program. We do not expect to purchase shares under the share repurchase program during fiscal 2022.
Additionally, our ABL Credit Facility, Term Loan Facility and Senior Notes contain terms that limit our ability to repurchase
common stock above certain levels unless certain conditions and financial tests are met. We may also implement all or part of
the repurchase program pursuant to a plan or plans meeting the conditions of Rule 10b5-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as amended.
(in millions, except shares and per share
amounts)
Period(1):
May 2, 2021 to June 5, 2021
June 6, 2021 to July 3, 2021
July 4, 2021 to July 31, 2021
Total
Total Number
of Shares
Purchased(2)
Average Price
Paid Per Share
Total Number of
Shares Purchased as
Part of Publicly
Announced Plans or
Programs
Approximate Dollar
Value of Shares that
May Yet be Purchased
Under the Plans or
Programs(3)
1,388 $
7,861
5,663
14,912 $
37.23
35.38
33.12
34.69
— $
—
—
— $
—
—
176
—
(1) The reported periods conform to our fiscal calendar.
(2) These amounts represent the deemed surrender by participants in our compensatory stock plans of 14,912 shares of our common
stock to cover taxes from the vesting of restricted stock awards and restricted stock units granted under such plans.
(3) As of July 31, 2021, there was approximately $176 million that may yet be purchased under the share repurchase program. There
were no share repurchases under the share repurchase program in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2021.
ITEM 6. RESERVED
This item is reserved as a result of the Company’s early adoption of Item 301 of Regulation S-K, pursuant to rules adopted by
the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 19, 2020, which included removing the requirement to include selected
financial data.
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS
The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with our Consolidated Financial Statements and the
notes thereto, “Risk Factors” included in Part I, Item IA, “Forward-looking Statements” and other risks described
elsewhere in this Annual Report.
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This Annual Report contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act, and
Section 21E of the Exchange Act, that involve substantial risks and uncertainties. In some cases you can identify these
statements by forward-looking words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,”
“seek,” “should,” “will,” and “would,” or similar words. Statements that contain these words and other statements that are
forward-looking in nature should be read carefully because they discuss future expectations, contain projections of future
results of operations or of financial positions or state other “forward-looking” information.
Forward-looking statements involve inherent uncertainty and may ultimately prove to be incorrect or false. These statements are
based on our management’s beliefs and assumptions, which are based on currently available information. These assumptions
could prove inaccurate. You are cautioned not to place undue reliance on forward-looking statements. Except as otherwise may
be required by law, we undertake no obligation to update or revise forward-looking statements to reflect changed assumptions,
the occurrence of unanticipated events or actual operating results. Our actual results could differ materially from those
anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including, but not limited to:
•
the impact and duration of the COVID-19 pandemic;
27
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
labor and other workforce shortages and challenges;
our dependence on principal customers;
the addition or loss of significant customers or material changes to our relationships with these customers;
our sensitivity to general economic conditions including changes in disposable income levels and consumer spending
trends;
the relatively low margins of our business, which are sensitive to inflationary and deflationary pressures;
our ability to realize anticipated benefits of our acquisitions and strategic initiatives, including, our acquisition of
Supervalu;
our ability to timely and successfully deploy our warehouse management system throughout our distribution centers
and our transportation management system across the Company and to achieve efficiencies and cost savings from
these efforts;
our ability to continue to grow sales, including of our higher margin natural and organic foods and non-food products,
and to manage that growth;
increased competition in our industry as a result of increased distribution of natural, organic and specialty products,
and direct distribution of those products by large retailers and online distributors;
increased competition in our industry, including as a results of continuing consolidation of retailers and the growth of
chains;
union-organizing activities that could cause labor relations difficulties and increased costs;
our ability to operate, and rely on third-parties to operate, reliable and secure technology systems;
•
•
• moderated supplier promotional activity, including decreased forward buying opportunities;
•
the potential for disruptions in our supply chain or our distribution capabilities by circumstances beyond our control,
including a health epidemic;
the potential for additional asset impairment charges;
the risk of interruption of supplies due to lack of long-term contracts, severe weather, work stoppages or otherwise;
our ability to maintain food quality and safety;
volatility in fuel costs;
volatility in foreign exchange rates; and
our ability to identify and successfully complete asset or business acquisitions.
•
•
•
•
•
•
You should carefully review the risks described under Part I. Item 1A. Risk Factors, as well as any other cautionary language in
this Annual Report, as the occurrence of any of these events could have an adverse effect, which may be material, on our
business, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.
EXECUTIVE OVERVIEW
Business Overview
As a leading distributor of natural, organic, specialty, produce and conventional grocery and non-food products, and provider of
support services to retailers in the United States and Canada, we believe we are uniquely positioned to provide the broadest
array of products and services to customers throughout North America. We offer nearly 300,000 products consisting of
national, regional and private label brands grouped into six product categories: grocery and general merchandise; produce;
perishables and frozen foods; nutritional supplements and sports nutrition; bulk and food service products; and personal care
items. We believe we are North America’s premier wholesaler with 57 distribution centers and warehouses representing
approximately 30 million square feet of warehouse space. We are a coast-to-coast distributor with customers in all fifty states as
well as all ten provinces in Canada, making us a desirable partner for retailers and consumer product manufacturers. We believe
our total product assortment and service offerings are unmatched by our wholesale competitors. We plan to aggressively pursue
new business opportunities to independent retailers who operate diverse formats, regional and national chains, as well as
international customers with wide-ranging needs. Our business is classified into two reportable segments: Wholesale and Retail;
and also includes a manufacturing division and a branded product line division.
Over the past two years, we have substantially completed the integration of Supervalu and have turned our focus to
transforming the business for further future growth. Our operating performance in fiscal 2021 benefited from the shift in food-
at-home consumption resulting from the continued impacts of the COVID-19 global pandemic, and we expect to continue to
benefit from ongoing changes in consumer purchasing behavior. Late in fiscal 2021, we introduced our Fuel the Future
strategy with the mission of making our customers stronger, our supply chain better and our food solutions more inspired. Fuel
the Future is composed of six strategic pillars, which are detailed in Part I. Item 1. Business.
28
Collectively, the tactics and plans behind each pillar are meant to capitalize on our unique position in the food distribution
industry, including the number and location of distribution centers we operate, the array of services and the data driven insights
that we are able to customize for each of our customers, our innovation platforms and the growth potential we see in each, our
commitment to our people and the planet, the positioning of our retail operations, and our focus on delivering returns for our
shareholders.
We also introduced our ValuePath initiative early in fiscal 2021, pursuant to which we plan to improve operating performance
through various initiatives planned to be implemented through the end of fiscal 2023. We plan to re-invest a portion of these
operating savings in the business to drive market share gains, accelerate innovation, invest in automation and maintain
competitive wage scales for our frontline workers.
We will continue to use free cash flow to reduce outstanding debt and are committed to improving our financial leverage.
Growth Drivers
A key component of our historical growth has been to acquire distribution companies differentiated by product offerings,
service offerings and market area. In fiscal 2019, the acquisition of Supervalu accelerated our “build out the store” strategy,
diversified our customer base, enabled cross-selling opportunities, expanded our market reach and scale, enhanced our
technology, capacity and systems, and is expected to continue to deliver cost savings and accelerate growth. We believe the
Supervalu acquisition allows us to better serve our wholesale customers’ needs and compete in the current environment by
providing additional warehouse and transportation capacity, which has enabled us to provide a broader array of products to our
customers. As one of the largest wholesale grocery distributors in North America, and in light of the continued expansion of our
distribution network and “build out the store” strategy, we believe we are well positioned to leverage our infrastructure in the
current economic and social environment to continue to serve our customers and the communities in which we operate, and are
actively pursuing new customers. We recently introduced our Fuel the Future strategy, which we believe will further accelerate
our growth through increasing sales of products and services, providing tailored, data-driven solutions to help our existing
customers run their business more efficiently and contributing to new customer acquisitions.
We believe the key drivers for growth through new customers will come from the benefits of our significant scale, product and
service offerings, and nationwide footprint, which we believe were demonstrated by the following larger customer
developments in fiscal 2021.
• We’ve recently begun delivering product to Key Food Stores co-operative, Inc. (“Key Food”), a Co-Operative of over
300 grocery stores, after being selected as Key Food’s primary wholesaler. Our supply agreement with Key Food has a
term of 10 years with expected sales over that period of approximately $10 billion.
• We have been the primary distributor to Whole Foods Market for more than 20 years. On March 3, 2021, we entered
into an amendment to our distribution agreement dated October 30, 2015. The amendment extended the term of the
distribution agreement from September 28, 2025 to September 27, 2027.
Trends and Other Factors Affecting our Business
Our results are impacted by macroeconomic and demographic trends, and changes in the food distribution market structure and
changes in trends in consumer behavior. Over the past several decades, total food expenditures on a constant dollar basis within
the United States has continued to increase, and the focus in recent decades on natural, organic and specialty foods has
benefited the Company; however, consumer spending in the food-away-from-home industry had increased steadily as a
percentage of total food expenditures. This trend paused during the 2008 recession, and then continued to increase. In general,
economic recessions usually result in higher food-at-home expenditures, which would be expected to benefit our customers and
result in higher sales.
In fiscal 2020 and continuing into fiscal 2021, the COVID-19 pandemic, which we refer to as the pandemic, led to a significant
increase in food-at-home expenditures as a percentage of total food expenditures. We experienced increases in Net sales and
Gross profit due to higher Wholesale customer purchases. Retail experienced similar trend increases in Net sales and Gross
profit from sales to end consumers. We expect that food-at-home expenditures as a percentage of total food expenditures will
remain elevated in the near term compared to pre-pandemic levels. We believe that changes in work being done outside of the
traditional office setting will continue to contribute to more food being consumed at home. The pandemic also drove significant
growth in eCommerce utilization by grocery consumers, and we expect that trend to continue. We expect to benefit from this
trend through the growth of our traditional eCommerce customers, our Community Marketplace, an online marketplace
connecting suppliers and retailers, and EasyOptions, which directly services non-traditional customers, such as bakeries or yoga
studios, and through customers adopting our turnkey eCommerce platform.
29
We expect to continue to benefit from elevated sales as compared to historical periods prior to the pandemic while food-at-
home expenditures as a percentage of total food expenditures remains higher than recent historical periods prior to the
pandemic. Trends in increased sales and gross margin benefits have lessened since the initial onset of the pandemic. The
ultimate impact on our results is uncertain and dependent upon future developments, including the severity and duration of the
pandemic, including any resurgence of infection rates and new variants with higher transmissibility, any economic downturn,
actions taken by governmental authorities and other third parties in response to the pandemic such as social distancing orders or
companies’ remote work policies, the impact on capital and financial markets, food-at-home purchasing levels and other
consumer trends, each of which is uncertain and rapidly changing. Any of these disruptions could adversely impact our business
and results of operations. Considerable uncertainty remains regarding the future impact of the pandemic on our business.
We are also impacted by changes in food distribution trends affecting our Wholesale customers, such as direct store deliveries
and other methods of distribution. Our Wholesale customers manage their businesses independently and operate in a
competitive environment. We seek to obtain security interests and other credit support in connection with the financial
accommodations we extend these customers; however, we may incur additional credit or inventory charges related to our
customers, as we expect the competitive environment to continue to lead to financial stress on some customers. The magnitude
of these risks increases as the size of our Wholesale customers increases.
We recently began experiencing a tighter operating labor market for our warehouse and driver associates, which has caused
additional reliance and higher costs from third-party resources, and incremental hiring and wage costs. We believe this
operating environment has been impacted by labor force availability and the pandemic. We are working to implement actions to
fill open roles and maintain existing and future employment levels.
Distribution Center Network
Network Optimization and Construction
In the Pacific Northwest, we completed the consolidation of the volume of five distribution centers and their related supporting
off-site storage facilities into two distribution centers during fiscal 2020. We expect to achieve synergies and cost savings
through eliminating inefficiencies, including incurring lower operating, shrink and off-site storage expenses. We also expect
that the optimization of the Pacific Northwest distribution network will help deliver meaningful synergies contemplated in the
Supervalu acquisition. We expanded the Ridgefield, WA distribution center to enhance customer product offerings, create more
efficient inventory management, streamline operations and incorporate greater technology to deliver a better customer
experience. We are now supplying customers served by former Pacific Northwest locations from our Centralia, WA,
Ridgefield, WA and Gilroy, CA distribution centers. In order to maintain and stabilize service levels of these higher volume
Pacific Northwest distribution centers, we incurred incremental operating costs in fiscal 2021 that we believe temporarily
reduced the realization of synergy benefits from this network consolidation.
To support our continued growth within southern California, we began operating a newly leased facility in Riverside, CA with
approximately 1.2 million square feet upon completion of its construction in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2020. This facility
provides significant capacity to service our customers in this market. On February 24, 2020, we executed a purchase option
with a delayed purchase provision to acquire the real property of this distribution center for approximately $152 million. We
entered into an agreement to monetize the real property of this location through a sale-leaseback transaction, which is
contingent upon the acquisition of the facility that we expect will occur on or before June 2022.
In fiscal 2022, we started operating our Allentown, PA distribution center with a capacity of 1.3 million square feet that will be
utilized to service Key Food and other customers in that facility’s geographical area. We expect to incur initial start-up costs
and operating losses in fiscal 2022 as the volume in this facility ramps up to match it’s expected full operating capacity.
We continue to evaluate our distribution center network to optimize its performance and expect to incur incremental expenses
related to any future network realignment and are working to both minimize these costs and obtain new business to further
improve the efficiency of our transforming distribution network.
Network Technology Efficiency
As part of our “one company” approach, we are in the process of converting to a single national warehouse management and
procurement system to integrate our existing facilities onto one nationalized platform across the organization. We continue to
focus on the automation of our new or expanded distribution centers that are at different stages of construction and
implementation. These steps and others are intended to promote operational efficiencies and improve operating expenses as a
percentage of net sales.
30
Retail Operations
We currently operate 74 continuing operations Retail grocery stores, including 53 Cub Foods corporate stores and 21 Shoppers
Food Warehouse stores. In addition, we supply another 27 Cub Foods stores operated by our Wholesale customers through
franchise and LLC arrangements. We operate 81 pharmacies primarily within the stores we operate and the stores of our
franchisees. In addition, we operate 22 “Cub Wine and Spirit” and “Cub Liquor” stores. We had previously announced our
intention to thoughtfully and economically divest our retail businesses acquired as part of the Supervalu acquisition to focus on
our core Wholesale distribution business. At this time, we do not have any current plans to divest our Retail business. We
continue to strive to maximize the operating value of Retail. As part of that strategy, our new strategic focus is to invest in our
stores and optimize our operations to be customer centric. We continue to remodel and upgrade our stores, while investing in
eCommerce growth in the form of click-and-collect, delivery, and technology investments, such as mobile customer
applications.
Part of our optimization efforts included updating our benefit plan offerings to a defined contribution plan as a replacement for
a multiemployer pension plans to which we contribute pursuant to three Cub Foods collective bargaining agreements. In fiscal
2021, we withdrew from participating in three Retail multiemployer pension plans, resulting in a $63 million withdrawal
charge, which is recorded within Operating expenses within our Consolidated Statements of Operations, Other long-term
liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets and within changes in operating assets and liabilities within Accrued expenses
and other liabilities in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. As part of our optimization efforts, we are continuing to
evaluate various options to address our off-balance sheet liability under certain of our Retail multiemployer pension plans,
which actions may result in significant costs or charges. The extent of these costs and charges will be determined based on
outcomes achieved under the process undertaken to minimize or eliminate the liability for the respective multiemployer pension
plan. As we continue to work to find solutions to under-funded multiemployer pension plans, it is possible we could incur
withdrawal liabilities for certain additional multiemployer pension plan obligations in the future as we actively bargain
collective agreements with a number of our unions in due course. Beyond this immaterial plan, at this time, however, we are
unable to make an estimate with reasonable certainty of the amount or type of costs and charges expected to be incurred in
connection with the foregoing actions. A withdrawal from a multiemployer pension plan may result in an obligation to make
material payments over an extended period of time or one-time lump sum payments on a net present value basis.
In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2021, we determined we no longer met the held for sale criterion for a probable sale to be
completed within 12 months for two of the four Shoppers retail stores that were previously included within discontinued
operations due to the criterion being met as of the Supervalu acquisition date. We revised our Consolidated Financial
Statements to reclassify these stores from discontinued operations to continuing operations. This change in financial statement
presentation resulted in the inclusion of these stores’ results of operations, financial position, cash flows and related disclosures
within continuing operations for all periods presented in the Consolidated Financial Statements and presented below. In
addition, in order to present these stores’ results of operations within continuing operations, Wholesale sales to these additional
Retail stores have been eliminated upon consolidation.
Our discontinued operations as of the end of the fourth quarter of fiscal 2021 include two Shoppers stores, and for historical
periods, results of discontinued operations include the Hornbacher’s and Shop ‘n Save and Shop ‘n Save East retail banners,
which were divested in fiscal 2019, and Shoppers stores that were sold or closed in fiscal 2020 and fiscal 2021. In addition,
cash flows from discontinued operations include real estate sales related to those historical retail operations. These retail assets
have been classified as held for sale as of the Supervalu acquisition date, and the results of operations, financial position and
cash flows directly attributable to these operations are reported within discontinued operations in our Consolidated Financial
Statements for all periods presented.
Services Agreement
In connection with the sale of Save-A-Lot on December 5, 2016, Supervalu entered into a services agreement (the “Services
Agreement”) with Moran Foods, LLC, the entity that operates the Save-A-Lot business. Pursuant to the Services Agreement,
we provide certain technical, human resources, finance and other operational services to Save-A-Lot for a term of five years, on
the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein. During fiscal 2021, we earned $17 million under the Services
Agreement, which was recorded within Net sales. We expect that services provided under the Services Agreement will wind
down at or near the end of the initial term in December 2021. At that time, we will lose the revenue associated with this
agreement, and any fixed or variable costs associated with servicing this agreement not eliminated concurrently with the decline
in revenue, would result in decreased operating profit.
31
Impact of Inflation or Deflation
We monitor product cost inflation and deflation and evaluate whether to absorb cost increases or decreases, or pass on pricing
changes to our customers. We experienced a mix of inflation and deflation across product categories during fiscal 2021 and
2020. In the aggregate across our businesses and taking into account the mix of products, management estimates our businesses
experienced cost inflation of approximately one percent in fiscal 2021. Cost inflation and deflation estimates are based on
individual like items sold during the periods being compared. Changes in merchandising, customer buying habits and
competitive pressures create inherent difficulties in measuring the impact of inflation and deflation on Net sales and Gross
profit. Absent any changes in units sold or the mix of units sold, deflation has the effect of decreasing sales. Under the last-in,
first out (“LIFO”) method of inventory accounting, product cost increases are recognized within Cost of sales based on
expected year-end inventory quantities and costs, which has the effect of decreasing Gross profit and the carrying value of
inventory during periods of inflation.
Composition of Consolidated Statements of Operations and Business Performance Assessment
Net sales
Our net sales consist primarily of product sales of natural, organic, specialty, produce and conventional grocery and non-food
products, and support services revenue from retailers, adjusted for customer volume discounts, vendor incentives when
applicable, returns and allowances, and professional services revenue. Net sales also include amounts charged by us to
customers for shipping and handling and fuel surcharges.
Cost of sales and Gross profit
The principal components of our cost of sales include the amounts paid to suppliers for product sold, plus transportation costs
necessary to bring the product to, or move product between, our distribution centers and retail stores, partially offset by
consideration received from suppliers in connection with the purchase or promotion of the suppliers’ products. Our gross
margin may not be comparable to other similar companies within our industry that may include all costs related to their
distribution network in their costs of sales rather than as operating expenses.
Operating expenses
Operating expenses include salaries and wages, employee benefits, warehousing and delivery, selling, occupancy, insurance,
administrative, share-based compensation, depreciation, and amortization expense. These expenses include the departmental
expenses of warehousing, delivery, purchasing, receiving, selecting and outbound transportation expenses.
Restructuring, acquisition and integration expenses
Restructuring, acquisition and integration expenses reflect expenses resulting from restructuring activities, including severance
costs, change-in-control related charges, facility closure asset impairment charges and costs, stock-based compensation
acceleration charges and acquisition and integration expenses. Integration expenses include certain professional consulting
expenses related to business transformation and incremental expenses related to combining facilities required to optimize our
distribution network as a result of acquisitions.
Interest expense, net
Interest expense, net includes primarily interest expense on long-term debt, net of capitalized interest, loss on debt
extinguishment, interest expense on finance lease obligations, amortization of financing costs and discounts, and interest
income.
Net periodic benefit income, excluding service cost
Net periodic benefit income, excluding service cost reflects the recognition of expected returns on benefit plan assets in excess
of interest costs.
Adjusted EBITDA
Our Consolidated Financial Statements are prepared and presented in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles
in the United States (“GAAP”). In addition to the GAAP results, we consider certain non-GAAP financial measures to assess
the performance of our business and understand underlying operating performance and core business trends, which we use to
facilitate operating performance comparisons of our business on a consistent basis over time. Adjusted EBITDA is provided as
a supplement to our results of operations and related analysis, and should not be considered superior to, a substitute for or an
alternative to, any financial measure of performance prepared and presented in accordance with GAAP. Adjusted EBITDA
excludes certain items because they are non-cash items or are items that do not reflect management’s assessment of ongoing
business performance.
32
We believe Adjusted EBITDA is useful to investors and financial institutions because it provides additional information
regarding factors and trends affecting our business, which are used in the business planning process to understand expected
operating performance, to evaluate results against those expectations, and because of its importance as a measure of underlying
operating performance, as the primary compensation performance measure under certain compensation programs and plans. We
believe Adjusted EBITDA is reflective of factors that affect our underlying operating performance and facilitate operating
performance comparisons of our business on a consistent basis over time. Investors are cautioned that there are material
limitations associated with the use of non-GAAP financial measures as an analytical tool. Certain adjustments to our GAAP
financial measures reflected below exclude items that may be considered recurring in nature and may be reflected in our
financial results for the foreseeable future. These measurements and items may be different from non-GAAP financial measures
used by other companies. Adjusted EBITDA should be reviewed in conjunction with our results reported in accordance with
GAAP in this Annual Report.
There are significant limitations to using Adjusted EBITDA as a financial measure including, but not limited to, it not reflecting
the cost of cash expenditures for capital assets or certain other contractual commitments, finance lease obligation and debt
service expenses, income taxes, and any impacts from changes in working capital.
We define Adjusted EBITDA as a consolidated measure inclusive of continuing and discontinued operations results, which we
reconcile by adding Net income (loss) from continuing operations, less net income attributable to noncontrolling interests, plus
non-operating income and expenses, including Net periodic benefit income, excluding service cost, Interest expense, net and
Other, net, plus Provision (benefit) for income taxes and Depreciation and amortization all calculated in accordance with
GAAP, plus adjustments for Share-based compensation, Restructuring, acquisition and integration related expenses, Goodwill
impairment charges, (Gain) loss on sale of assets, certain legal charges and gains, certain other non-cash charges or other items,
as determined by management, plus Adjusted EBITDA of discontinued operations calculated in a manner consistent with the
results of continuing operations, outlined above. The changes to the definition of Adjusted EBITDA from prior periods reflect
changes to line item references in our Consolidated Financial Statements, which do not impact the calculation of Adjusted
EBITDA.
33
Assessment of Our Business Results
The following table sets forth a summary of our results of operations and Adjusted EBITDA for the periods indicated. We have
revised the following table for the prior period presentation of two discontinued operations stores moved to continuing
operations as discussed in Note 1—Significant Accounting Policies within Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report.
(in millions)
Net sales
Cost of sales
Gross profit
Operating expenses
Goodwill impairment charges
Restructuring, acquisition and integration related
expenses
(Gain) loss on sale of assets
Operating income (loss)
Net periodic benefit income, excluding service cost
Interest expense, net
Other, net
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income
taxes
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
Net income (loss) from continuing operations
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax
Net income (loss) including noncontrolling interests
Less net income attributable to noncontrolling interests
Net income (loss) attributable to United Natural Foods,
Inc.
Adjusted EBITDA
2021
(52 weeks)
2020
(52 weeks)
2019
(53 weeks)
Increase (Decrease)
2021
2020
$
26,950 $
26,559 $
22,341 $
391 $
23,011
22,670
19,121
3,939
3,593
—
56
(4)
294
(85)
204
(8)
183
34
149
6
155
(6)
3,889
3,552
425
87
18
(193)
(39)
192
(4)
(342)
(91)
(251)
(18)
(269)
(5)
3,220
2,976
293
148
(1)
(196)
(35)
181
(1)
(341)
(59)
(282)
(3)
(285)
—
341
50
41
(425)
(31)
(22)
487
(46)
12
(4)
525
125
400
24
424
(1)
4,218
3,549
669
576
132
(61)
19
3
(4)
11
(3)
(1)
(32)
31
(15)
16
(5)
$
$
149 $
(274) $
(285) $
423 $
11
746 $
673 $
563 $
73 $
110
34
The following table reconciles Adjusted EBITDA to Net income (loss) from continuing operations and to Income (loss) from
discontinued operations, net of tax.
(in millions)
Net income (loss) from continuing operations
Adjustments to continuing operations net income (loss):
Less net income attributable to noncontrolling interests
Net periodic benefit income, excluding service cost(1)
Interest expense, net
Other, net
Provision (benefit) for income taxes(2)
Depreciation and amortization
Share-based compensation
Goodwill impairment charges(3)
Restructuring, acquisition and integration related expenses(4)
(Gain) loss on sale of assets(5)
Multiemployer pension plan withdrawal charges(6)
Notes receivable charges(7)
Inventory fair value adjustment(8)
Legal reserve charge, net of settlement income(9)
Other retail expense(10)
Adjusted EBITDA of continuing operations
Adjusted EBITDA of discontinued operations(11)
Adjusted EBITDA
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax(11)
Adjustments to discontinued operations net income (loss):
Benefit for income taxes
Restructuring, store closure and other charges, net(12)
Adjusted EBITDA of discontinued operations(11)
2021
(52 weeks)
$
149 $
2020
(52 weeks)
2019
(53 weeks)
(251) $
(282)
(5)
(39)
192
(4)
(91)
282
34
425
87
18
—
13
—
1
1
663
10
673 $
—
(35)
181
(1)
(59)
248
40
293
148
(1)
—
—
10
(1)
—
541
22
563
(6)
(85)
204
(8)
34
285
49
—
56
(4)
63
—
—
—
5
742
4
746 $
6 $
(18) $
(3)
(1)
(1)
4 $
(5)
33
10 $
(3)
28
22
$
$
$
(1) Fiscal 2021 includes a postretirement settlement gain of $17 million associated with the termination of remaining corporate plans.
Fiscal 2020 includes a lump sum defined benefit pension plan settlement expense of $11 million associated with the acceleration of
a portion of the accumulated unrecognized actuarial loss as a result of the lump sum settlement payments.
(2) Fiscal 2020 includes the tax benefit from the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security (“CARES”) Act, which includes the
impact of tax loss carrybacks to 35% tax years allowed under the CARES Act.
(3) Fiscal 2020 primarily reflects a goodwill impairment charge attributable to a reorganization of our reporting units and a sustained
decrease in market capitalization and enterprise value of the Company, resulting in a decline in the estimated fair value of the U.S.
Wholesale reporting unit. In addition, this charge includes a goodwill finalization charge attributable to the Supervalu acquisition
and an asset impairment charge. Fiscal 2019 reflects a goodwill impairment charge attributable to the Supervalu acquisition. Refer
to Note 6—Goodwill and Intangible Assets, Net in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report for additional information.
(4) Fiscal 2021 primarily reflects costs associated with advisory and transformational activities as we position our business for further
value-creation post Supervalu acquisition, as well as costs associated with distribution center consolidations. Fiscal 2020 primarily
reflects Shoppers asset impairment charges, closed property and distribution center impairment charges and costs, and
administrative fees associated with integration activities. Fiscal 2019 primarily reflects expenses resulting from the acquisition of
Supervalu and acquisition and integration expenses, including employee-related costs. Refer to Note 4—Restructuring, Acquisition
and Integration Related Expenses in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report for additional information.
(5) Fiscal 2020 primarily reflects a $50 million accumulated depreciation and amortization charge related to the requirement to move
Retail from discontinued operations to continuing operations, partially offset by $32 million of gains on the sale of distribution
centers and other assets.
(6) Fiscal 2021 includes charges related to withdrawal liabilities from three Retail multiemployer pension plans.
(7) Reflects reserves and charges for notes receivable issued by the Supervalu business prior to its acquisition to finance the purchase of
stores by its customers.
(8) Reflects a non-cash charge related to the step-up of inventory values as part of purchase accounting.
(9) Reflects a charge to settle a legal proceeding and income received to settle a separate legal proceeding.
(10) Reflects expenses associated with event-specific damages to certain retail stores.
35
(11) We believe the inclusion of discontinued operations results within Adjusted EBITDA provides investors a meaningful measure of
performance.
(12) Amounts represent store closure charges and costs, operational wind-down and inventory charges, and asset impairment charges
related to discontinued operations. Fiscal 2021 also reflects income related to a severance benefit amount.
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Fiscal year ended July 31, 2021 (fiscal 2021) compared to fiscal year ended August 1, 2020 (fiscal 2020)
Net Sales
Our net sales by customer channel was as follows (in millions except percentages):
Customer Channel(1)
Chains
Independent retailers
Supernatural
Retail
Other
Eliminations
Total net sales
2021
(52 weeks)
2020(1)
(52 weeks)
Increase (Decrease)
%
$
$
$
12,104 $
6,638
5,050
2,442
2,300
(1,584)
26,950 $
12,010 $
6,699
4,720
2,375
2,324
(1,569)
26,559 $
94
(61)
330
67
(24)
(15)
391
0.8 %
(0.9) %
7.0 %
2.8 %
(1.0) %
1.0 %
1.5 %
(1) Refer to Note 3—Revenue Recognition in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report for our channel definitions and for information
regarding the recast of sales by customer channel to align with the current period presentation.
Our net sales for fiscal 2021 increased 1.5% from fiscal 2020. The increase in net sales for fiscal 2021 was primarily driven by
strong customer demand in response to the pandemic as well as the benefits from cross selling, which was partially offset by
lower sales from certain customers and business lost prior to the pandemic.
Chains net sales increased primarily due to growth in sales to existing customers, including demand for center store and natural
products driven by consumers’ response to the pandemic, partially offset by lower sales from certain customers and business
lost prior to the pandemic.
Independent retailers net sales decreased primarily due to lower existing store sales driven by a decline in demand for center
store and natural products compared to last year's elevated demand due to a strong initial response to the pandemic, and lower
sales from certain customers and stores lost prior to the pandemic.
Supernatural net sales increased primarily due to growth in existing store sales related to the pandemic and increased sales to
new stores, partially offset by the impact of categories that have been adversely impacted by the pandemic, such as bulk and
ingredients used for prepared foods.
Retail’s net sales increased primarily due to a 2.9% increase in identical store sales from higher average basket sizes related to
the pandemic. The increase in Retail sales included the benefit of a 52.3% increase in eCommerce sales at Cub Foods.
Other net sales decreased primarily due to a 20% (or $71 million) decline in sales to food service customers resulting from the
lower purchases due to the pandemic and a decrease in military sales, for which we have intentionally resigned certain business,
which were partially offset by an increase of $161 million in sales to eCommerce customers.
Eliminations net sales increased primarily due to increased Wholesale sales to Retail.
36
Cost of Sales and Gross Profit
Our gross profit increased $50 million, or 1.3%, to $3,939 million in fiscal 2021, from $3,889 million in fiscal 2020. Our gross
profit as a percentage of net sales decreased slightly to 14.62% in fiscal 2021 compared to 14.64% in fiscal 2020. The increase
in gross profit dollar growth was primarily driven by higher Wholesale and Retail sales volume. The slight decrease in gross
profit rate included lower Wholesale margin including the mix effect from larger customers, partially offset by an increase due
to mix from the Retail segment representing a greater percentage of total net sales and lower levels of promotional activity.
Operating Expenses
Operating expenses increased $41 million, or 1.2%, to $3,593 million, or 13.33% of net sales, in fiscal 2021 compared to
$3,552 million, or 13.37% of net sales, in fiscal 2020. Operating expense in fiscal 2021 included a $63 million Retail
multiemployer pension plan withdrawal charge discussed further above. Operating expenses in fiscal 2020 included $27 million
of bad debt expense associated with customer bankruptcies and $20 million of charges and expenses, primarily related to
customer notes receivable, surplus property depreciation and a legal reserve charge. The remaining 10 basis point decrease in
operating expenses as a percent of net sales was driven by prior-year pandemic costs, including temporary higher pandemic
compensation costs for our front line workers, estimated to be approximately $57 million or 21 basis points, which was partially
offset by higher operating costs related to starting up three distribution centers in the Pacific Northwest and our Allentown
distribution center during fiscal 2021. Operating expenses also included share-based compensation expense of $49 million and
$34 million for fiscal 2021 and 2020, respectively.
Goodwill Impairment Charges
During fiscal 2020 we recorded $425 million of goodwill and asset impairment charges, which reflected $422 million from an
impairment charge on the remaining goodwill attributable to the U.S. Wholesale reporting unit, $2 million related to purchase
accounting adjustments to finalize the opening balance sheet goodwill and $1 million of other asset impairment charges. Refer
to Note 6—Goodwill and Intangible Assets, Net in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report for additional information.
Restructuring, Acquisition and Integration Related Expenses
Restructuring, acquisition and integration related expenses were $56 million for fiscal 2021, which included $50 million of
integration costs primarily associated with advisory and transformational activities as we position our business for further value
creation following the Supervalu acquisition and $6 million of closed property charges. Expenses for fiscal 2020 were $87
million, which primarily included $42 million of integration related costs, $40 million of closed property reserve charges
related to the divestiture of retail banners and $5 million of primarily employee related separation costs.
(Gain) Loss on Sale of Assets
Gain on sale of assets was $4 million in fiscal 2021, which increased $22 million from a loss on sale of assets of $18 million in
fiscal 2020. Loss on sale of assets in fiscal 2020 included an accumulated depreciation and amortization charge of $50 million
related to the requirement to move Retail from discontinued operations to continuing operations, which was partially offset by
$32 million of gains on the sale of distribution centers and other assets.
Operating Income (Loss)
Reflecting the factors described above, operating income increased $487 million to $294 million for fiscal 2021, from an
operating loss of $193 million for fiscal 2020. The increase in operating income was primarily driven by the fiscal 2020
goodwill impairment charge, an increase in Gross profit and lower Restructuring, acquisition and integration related expenses
discussed above, which was partially offset by an increase in Operating expenses.
Net Periodic Benefit Income, Excluding Service Cost
Net periodic benefit income, excluding service cost increased $46 million to $85 million for fiscal 2021, from $39 million in
fiscal 2020. The increase in Net periodic benefit income, excluding service cost was primarily driven by lower interest costs
from a lower discount rate utilized in the measurement of pension liabilities, a $17 million settlement gain for the purchase of
an irrevocable annuity to settle participant’s post-employment obligations in fiscal 2021, and a lump sum defined benefit
pension plan settlement charge of $11 million in fiscal 2020.
37
Interest Expense, Net
(in millions)
Interest expense on long-term debt, net of capitalized interest
Interest expense on finance lease obligations
Amortization of financing costs and discounts
Loss on debt extinguishment
Interest income
Interest expense, net
2021
(52 weeks)
2020
(52 weeks)
Increase
(Decrease)
$
$
143 $
19
13
30
(1)
204 $
166 $
12
15
—
(1)
192 $
(23)
7
(2)
30
—
12
The decrease in interest expense on long-term debt for fiscal 2021 compared to fiscal 2020 was primarily driven by lower
amounts of outstanding debt.
The increase in interest expense on finance leases in fiscal 2021 primarily reflects interest on a distribution center for which we
executed a purchase option with a delayed purchase provision.
The increase in loss on debt extinguishment costs primarily reflects the acceleration of unamortized debt issuance costs and
original issue discounts related to mandatory and voluntary prepayments on the Term Loan Facility made in fiscal 2021. Refer
to Note 9—Long-Term Debt in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report for further information.
Provision (Benefit) for Income Taxes
The effective income tax rate for continuing operations was an expense of 18.6% compared to a benefit of 26.6% on pre-tax
losses for fiscal 2021 and 2020, respectively. The fiscal 2020 effective tax rate was primarily driven by the impact of non-
deductible goodwill impairment charges recorded in fiscal 2020, partially offset by the net operating loss (“NOL”) carryback
provisions of the CARES Act. For fiscal 2021, the effective tax rate was reduced by solar and employment tax credits,
including the tax credit impact of a fiscal 2021 investment in an equity method partnership, the recognition of previously
unrecognized tax benefits, excess tax deductions attributable to share-based compensation and inventory deductions, as well as
the impact of favorable return-to-provision adjustments.
Income (Loss) from Discontinued Operations, Net of Tax
The results of discontinued operations for fiscal 2021 reflect net sales of $42 million for which we recognized $14 million of
gross profit and $6 million of Income from discontinued operations, net of tax. Net sales, gross profit and operating expenses of
discontinued operations decreased $142 million, $39 million and $34 million, respectively, for the fiscal 2021 as compared to
fiscal 2020 primarily due to a lower operating store base due to closures and sales that occurred in fiscal 2020. Discontinued
operations for fiscal 2020 included $33 million of charges and costs primarily related to store closures charges and expenses,
and asset impairment charges related to exited locations.
Refer to Note 18—Discontinued Operations in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report for additional information regarding these
discontinued operations.
Net Income (Loss) Attributable to United Natural Foods, Inc.
Reflecting the factors described in more detail above, Net income attributable to United Natural Foods, Inc. was $149 million,
or $2.48 per diluted common share, for fiscal 2021, compared to a net loss of $274 million, or $5.10 per diluted common share,
for fiscal 2020.
38
Fiscal year ended August 1, 2020 (fiscal 2020) compared to fiscal year ended August 3, 2019 (fiscal 2019)
Within our results of operations we have estimated the impact of the additional week in fiscal 2019 and the acquisition of
Supervalu, where applicable and estimable, to provide comparable financial results on a year-over-year basis. The impact of the
53rd week in fiscal 2019 discussed below represents an estimate of the contribution from the additional week in fiscal 2019 and
is calculated by taking one-fifth of the respective metrics for the last five-week period, within the 14-week fourth quarter of
fiscal 2019. The quantification of Supervalu’s impact on our results of operations presented below is to discuss the incremental
impact of Supervalu, and provide analysis of our underlying business for year-over-year comparability purposes. References to
legacy company results are presented to provide a comparative results analysis excluding the Supervalu acquired business
impacts.
The requirement to move two of the four remaining Shoppers stores from discontinued operations to continuing operations in
fiscal 2021 required the revision of historical financial information to conform with current period presentation. As a result, the
following results comparison has been updated.
Net Sales
Our net sales by customer channel were as follows (in millions except percentages):
Customer Channel(1)
Chains
Independent retailers
Supernatural
Retail
Other
Eliminations
Total net sales
2020(1)
(52 weeks)
2019(1)
(53 weeks)
$
$
12,010 $
6,699
4,720
2,375
2,324
(1,569)
26,559 $
9,769 $
5,536
4,394
1,687
2,087
(1,132)
22,341 $
Increase (Decrease)
%
$
22.9 %
21.0 %
7.4 %
40.8 %
11.4 %
38.6 %
18.9 %
2,241
1,163
326
688
237
(437)
4,218
(1) Refer to Note 3—Revenue Recognition in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report for our channel definitions and additional
information.
Our net sales for fiscal 2020 increased approximately 19% from fiscal 2019. The increase in net sales for fiscal 2020 was driven
by incremental Supervalu net sales from the first quarter of fiscal 2020, as Supervalu was only included in our results for
approximately one week in the first quarter of fiscal 2019, of approximately $3,345 million and was partially offset by $475
million from an incremental 53rd week in fiscal 2019. The remaining underlying net sales increased $1,348 million or 6.2%.
Chains net sales increased primarily due to $1,892 million of an incremental 12 weeks of net sales from the acquired Supervalu
business, which was partially offset by the estimated impact from the 53rd week in fiscal 2019 of $213 million. The remaining
increase of $562 million was primarily due to growth in sales to existing customers, including demand for center store and
natural products driven by customers’ response to the COVID-19 pandemic, partially offset by lower sales from previously lost
customers and business prior to the pandemic.
Independent retailers net sales increased primarily due to $971 million of an incremental 12 weeks of net sales from the
acquired Supervalu business, which was partially offset by the estimated impact from the 53rd week in fiscal 2019, of $120
million. The remaining increase of $312 million was primarily due to growth in sales to existing customers, including demand
for center store and natural products driven by customers response to the COVID-19 pandemic, partially offset by lower sales
from previously lost customers and stores prior to the pandemic.
Supernatural net sales increased primarily due to increased sales related to the COVID-19 pandemic, growth in existing and
new product categories, and increased sales to existing and new stores prior to the pandemic, partially offset by the impact of
categories that have been adversely impacted by COVID such as bulk and ingredients used for prepared foods and the estimated
impact from the 53rd week in fiscal 2019 of $84 million.
Retail’s net sales increased primarily due to $495 million of an incremental 12 weeks of net sales from the acquired Supervalu
business, which was partially offset by the estimated impact from the 53rd week in fiscal 2019 of $40 million. The remaining
increase of $233 million was driven by increased identical store sales related to the COVID-19 pandemic.
39
Other net sales increased primarily due to $267 million of an incremental 12 weeks of net sales from the acquired Supervalu
business, which was partially offset by the estimated impact from the 53rd week in fiscal 2019 of $42 million. The remaining
increase of $12 million is primarily due to an increase in eCommerce and other, partially offset by a 23% (or $104 million)
decline in sales to foodservice customers, whose purchases slowed due to the COVID-19 pandemic based on their locations
being temporarily closed.
Eliminations of net sales increased primarily due to $280 million of an incremental 12 weeks of net sales from the acquired
Supervalu business and increased Wholesale sales to Retail, which was partially offset by the estimated impact from the 53rd
week in fiscal 2019 of $24 million.
Cost of Sales and Gross Profit
Our gross profit increased $669 million, or 20.8%, to $3,889 million in fiscal 2020, from $3,220 million in fiscal 2019. Our
gross profit as a percentage of net sales increased to 14.64% in fiscal 2020 compared to 14.41% in fiscal 2019. Our gross profit
for fiscal 2020 included an incremental 12 weeks of gross profit from the acquired Supervalu business estimated as
approximately $480 million and fiscal 2019 included an estimated increase in gross profit from the 53rd week of $69 million.
The remaining increase in gross profit of $258 million was primarily driven by higher Wholesale and Retail sales volume. The
23 basis point increase in gross profit rate was driven by a 92 basis point increase in Retail gross profit as a percent of its net
sales, which was driven by lower promotional activity and contributed to a segment business mix impact that increased overall
gross profit rate. This increase was partially offset by a 12 basis point decrease in Wholesale gross profit as a percent of its net
sales, and included a decrease due to lower gross profit rates on conventional products.
Operating Expenses
Operating expenses increased $576 million, or 19.4%, to $3,552 million, or 13.37% of net sales, in fiscal 2020 compared to
$2,976 million, or 13.32% of net sales, in fiscal 2019. The increase in operating expenses as a percentage of net sales was
driven by 25 basis points of higher incentive compensation, including temporary COVID-19 compensation expense and 13
basis points of higher bad debt expense primarily from customer bankruptcies prior to the pandemic, which were partially offset
by 31 basis points of lower other employee costs driven by lower salaries and benefits expenses. Operating expenses decreased
by $65 million from the impact of the additional 53rd week in fiscal 2019.
Goodwill Impairment Charges
During fiscal 2020 we recorded $425 million of goodwill and asset impairment charges, which reflects $422 million from an
impairment charge on the remaining goodwill attributable to the U.S. Wholesale reporting unit, $2 million related to purchase
accounting adjustments to finalize the opening balance sheet goodwill and $1 million of other asset impairment charges.
During fiscal 2019 we recorded a $293 million goodwill impairment charge, which reflects the preliminary goodwill
impairment based on the preliminary fair value of net assets assigned, which was finalized in the first quarter of fiscal 2020.
The goodwill impairment charge recorded in fiscal 2019 was subject to further change based upon the final purchase price
allocation during the measurement period for estimated fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed from the Supervalu
acquisition. The estimates and assumptions were subject to change during the measurement period (up to one year from the
acquisition date).
Restructuring, Acquisition and Integration Related Expenses
Restructuring, acquisition and integration related expenses were $87 million for fiscal 2020 and primarily included $42 million
of integration related costs, $40 million of closed property reserve charges related to the divestiture of retail banners and $5
million of primarily employee related separation costs. Expenses incurred in fiscal 2019 primarily related to $74 million of
employee related costs and charges due to severance, settlement of outstanding equity awards and benefits costs, $51 million of
other acquisition and integration related costs and $23 million of closed property reserve charges primarily related to the
divestiture of retail banners.
Loss (Gain) on Sale of Assets
Loss on sale of assets increased $19 million to $18 million in fiscal 2020 from a gain on sale of assets of $1 million in fiscal
2019. Loss on sale of assets in fiscal 2020 included an accumulated depreciation and amortization charge of $50 million related
to the requirement to move Retail from discontinued operations to continuing operations, which was partially offset by gains on
sales of distribution centers and a retail accounting services business.
40
Operating Loss
Reflecting the factors described above, operating loss decreased $3 million to an operating loss of $193 million for fiscal 2020,
from an operating loss of $196 million for fiscal 2019. The decrease in operating loss was driven by gross profit increases in
excess of operating expense increases, lower restructuring, acquisition and integration related expenses, partially offset by a
higher goodwill impairment charge and a higher loss on sale of assets.
The fiscal 2020 and fiscal 2019 operating loss includes $6 million and $10 million, respectively, of operating lease rent expense
and $2 million and $4 million, respectively, of depreciation and amortization expenses related to stores within discontinued
operations, but for which GAAP requires the expense to be included within continuing operations, as we expect to remain
primarily obligated under these leases. In addition, continuing operations operating loss includes certain retail related overhead
costs that are related to retail but are required to be presented within continuing operations.
Net Periodic Benefit Income, Excluding Service Cost
Net periodic benefit income, excluding service cost increased $4 million to $39 million for fiscal 2020, from $35 million in
fiscal 2019. Net periodic benefit income for fiscal 2020 includes $11 million of non-cash pension settlement charges primarily
from the lump sum pension settlement offering completed in fiscal 2020. Fiscal 2019 net periodic benefit income reflects a
partial year due to the acquisition of Supervalu near the end of the first quarter of fiscal 2019.
Interest Expense, Net
(in millions)
Interest expense on long-term debt, net of capitalized interest
Interest expense on finance and direct financing lease obligations
Amortization of financing costs and discounts
Loss on debt extinguishment
Interest income
Interest expense, net
2020
(52 weeks)
2019
(53 weeks)
Increase
(Decrease)
$
$
166 $
12
15
—
(1)
192 $
147 $
16
13
5
—
181 $
19
(4)
2
(5)
(1)
11
The increase in interest expense on long-term debt for fiscal 2020 compared to fiscal 2019 was primarily due to an increase in
average outstanding debt driven by the Supervalu acquisition financing executed near the end of the first quarter of fiscal 2019.
Interest on finance and direct financing leases decreased primarily due to the adoption of the new lease accounting standard,
ASC 842, in fiscal 2020. Beginning in the third quarter of fiscal 2020, interest on financing leases includes interest expense
related to a distribution center for which we executed a purchase option with a delayed purchase provision.
Benefit for Income Taxes
The effective income tax rate for continuing operations was a benefit of 26.6% and 17.3% on pre-tax losses for fiscal 2020 and
2019, respectively. The increase in the benefit rate for fiscal 2020 was primarily driven by the NOL carryback provisions of the
CARES Act.
(Loss) Income from Discontinued Operations, Net of Tax
The results of operations for fiscal 2020 reflect net sales of $184 million for which we recognized $53 million of gross profit
and a loss from discontinued operations, net of tax of $18 million. As noted above, pre-tax loss from discontinued operations
excludes $6 million of operating lease rent expense related to stores within discontinued operations, but for which GAAP
requires the expense to be included within continuing operations. In addition, store closure charges related to leases are
recorded within continuing operations. Discontinued operations included $33 million of restructuring expenses primarily related
to Shoppers store closures expenses related to employee costs and wind-down expenses, and asset impairment charges. In
addition, gross profit of discontinued operations included inventory charges from store closures. As of the end of fiscal 2020,
discontinued operations consisted of only five Shoppers stores.
41
Net sales, gross profit and operating expenses of discontinued operations decreased $223 million, $64 million and $55 million,
respectively, for the fiscal 2020 as compared to fiscal 2019 primarily due to closed and sold Shoppers stores, results from the
Hornbacher’s retail banner, which was sold in December 2019, and the closed Shop ‘n Save East stores, which were partially
offset by the partial year in 2019 due to the timing of the Supervalu acquisition.
Net Loss Attributable to United Natural Foods, Inc.
Reflecting the factors described in more detail above, we incurred a net loss attributable to United Natural Foods, Inc. of $274
million, or $5.10 per diluted common share, for fiscal 2020, compared to net income of $285 million, or $5.56 per diluted
common share, for fiscal 2019.
As described in more detail within Note 12—Share-Based Awards in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report, in fiscal 2020 and
2019 we issued approximately 1.3 million and 2.0 million shares of common stock, respectively, to fund the settlement of time-
vesting replacement award obligations from the Supervalu acquisition.
Segment Results of Operations
In evaluating financial performance in each business segment, management primarily uses Net sales and Adjusted EBITDA of
its business segments as discussed and reconciled within Note 16—Business Segments within Part II, Item 8 of this Annual
Report and the above table within the Executive Overview section. The following tables set forth Net sales and Adjusted
EBITDA by segment for the periods indicated.
(in millions)
Net sales:
Wholesale
Retail
Other
Eliminations
Total Net sales
Continuing operations Adjusted EBITDA:
Wholesale
Retail
Other
Eliminations
Total continuing operations Adjusted EBITDA
Net Sales
2021
(52 weeks)
2020
(52 weeks)
2019
(53 weeks)
Increase (Decrease)
2021
2020
$
$
$
$
25,873 $
2,442
219
(1,584)
26,950 $
25,525 $
2,375
228
(1,569)
26,559 $
21,551 $
1,687
235
(1,132)
22,341 $
654 $
96
(9)
1
742 $
593 $
88
(16)
(2)
663 $
465 $
35
42
(1)
541 $
348 $
67
(9)
(15)
391 $
61 $
8
7
3
79 $
3,974
688
(7)
(437)
4,218
128
53
(58)
(1)
122
Wholesale’s net sales increased in fiscal 2021 as compared to fiscal 2020 primarily due to growth in the Supernatural and
Chains channels, which was partially offset primarily by lower sales from the Independent retailers channel. Refer to the Net
Sales discussion above for additional information.
Retail’s net sales increased for fiscal 2021 as compared to fiscal 2020 primarily due to a 2.9% increase in identical store sales
from higher average basket sizes related to the pandemic.
Wholesale’s net sales increased in fiscal 2020 as compared to fiscal 2019 driven by an incremental 12 weeks of net sales from
the acquired Supervalu business of approximately $3,123 million and was partially offset by $455 million from an incremental
53rd week in fiscal 2019, with the remaining increase primarily due to growth in sales to existing customers in the Chains,
Supernatural and Independent retailers channels. Sales growth was primarily driven by demand for center store and natural
products from customers response to the COVID-19 pandemic, and was partially offset by lower sales from previously lost
customers and stores prior to the pandemic.
42
Retail’s net sales increased for fiscal 2020 as compared to fiscal 2019 primarily due to $495 million of an incremental 12 weeks
of net sales from the acquired Supervalu business, which was partially offset by the estimated impact from the 53rd week in
fiscal 2019 of $40 million. The remaining increase was driven by increased identical store sales related to the COVID-19
pandemic. All Retail net sales related to the acquired Supervalu business.
The increase in net sales eliminations in fiscal 2021 and 2020 was primarily due to an increase in Wholesale sales to our Retail
banners, which are eliminated upon consolidation.
Adjusted EBITDA
Wholesale’s Adjusted EBITDA increased 10% in fiscal 2021 as compared to fiscal 2020. Wholesale’s gross profit dollar
growth for fiscal 2021 was $26 million and gross profit rate decreased 7 basis points driven by the mix effect from larger
customers. Wholesale’s operating expense decreased $36 million, which excludes depreciation and amortization, stock-based
compensation and other adjustments outlined in Note 16—Business Segments, driven by prior-year pandemic costs, including
temporary higher pandemic compensation costs for our front line workers, which was partially offset by higher operating costs
related to starting up three distribution centers in the Pacific Northwest and our Allentown distribution center during fiscal
2021. Wholesale’s depreciation expense decreased $15 million compared to fiscal 2020.
Retail’s Adjusted EBITDA increased 9% in fiscal 2021 as compared to fiscal 2020. The increase was driven by leveraged sales
growth from increases in food-at-home purchases that drove sales at our stores. Retail’s gross profit dollar growth for fiscal
2021 was $28 million and its gross profit rate increased 41 basis points from lower promotional activity. Retail’s operating
expense, which excludes depreciation and amortization, stock-based compensation and other adjustments as outlined in Note 16
—Business Segments, increased $19 million primarily due to higher employee related costs to support higher sales. Retail’s
depreciation and amortization expense increased $25 million compared to fiscal 2020 primarily related to assets previously
classified as held for sale that were moved to continuing operations in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2020 for which we were
required to begin recording depreciation and amortization expense.
Other Adjusted EBITDA improved 44% in fiscal 2021 primarily due to lower incentive compensation costs.
Wholesale’s Adjusted EBITDA increased 28% in fiscal 2020 as compared to fiscal 2019. The increase was driven by leveraged
sales growth, particularly in the second half of fiscal 2020 from increases in food-at-home purchases that drove sales to our
customers, an incremental 12 weeks of Adjusted EBITDA from the acquired Supervalu business. Gross profit dollar growth for
fiscal 2020 was $469 million with a gross profit rate decrease of approximately 8 basis points, which outpaced operating
expense increases, which excludes depreciation and amortization, stock-based compensation and other adjustments outlined in
Note 16—Business Segments, of $342 million. Operating expense rate decrease of approximately 29 basis points primarily
driven by lower trucking expense, partially offset by higher temporary incentive pay and operating costs related to the
COVID-19 pandemic and higher bad debt expense prior to the COVID-19 pandemic. Wholesale depreciation expense increased
$39 million to $267 million due to an incremental 12 weeks of depreciation and amortization expense from the Supervalu
acquisition.
Retail’s Adjusted EBITDA increased 151% in fiscal 2020 as compared to fiscal 2019. The increase was driven by higher sales
volume from the impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic and the incremental 12 weeks of Adjusted EBITDA from the acquired
Supervalu business, fixed and variable cost leveraging and lower promotional activity. Gross profit dollar growth for fiscal
2020 was $200 million with gross profit rate increase of approximately 90 basis points from lower promotional activity.
Operating expense growth, which excludes depreciation and amortization, stock-based compensation and other adjustments
outlined in Note 16—Business Segments, of $142 million with an operating expense rate decrease of 93 basis points driven by
variable cost leveraging partially offset by higher temporary incentive pay and operating costs related to the COVID-19
pandemic. Retail depreciation and amortization expense for fiscal 2020 and 2019 relate to finance lease amortization expense
associated with leases previously amortizing in continuing operations as they were not previously classified as held for sale.
Other Adjusted EBITDA decreased 138% in fiscal 2020 primarily due to higher incentive compensation costs.
43
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
Highlights
•
•
•
•
•
•
Total liquidity as of July 31, 2021 was $1.32 billion and consisted of the following:
◦
Unused credit under our revolving line of credit was $1,280 million as of July 31, 2021, which increased $45
million from $1,235 million as of August 1, 2020, primarily due to net payments made on the ABL Credit Facility
as cash flow generated from the business was utilized to reduce outstanding debt. This net reduction of the
outstanding balance under the ABL Credit Facility in fiscal 2021 was net of incremental borrowings under the
facility used to fund certain mandatory and voluntary prepayments on the Term Loan Facility (as discussed
below).
Cash and cash equivalents was $41 million as of July 31, 2021, which decreased $6 million from $47 million as of
August 1, 2020.
◦
Our total debt decreased $310 million to $2,188 million as of July 31, 2021 from $2,498 million as of August 1, 2020,
primarily driven by net positive cash flows from operating activities and asset dispositions, partially offset by
payments for capital expenditures during fiscal 2021.
In fiscal 2021, we amended our Term Loan Agreement to, among other things, reduce the applicable margin for
LIBOR and base rate loans under the Term Loan Facility by 75 basis points.
In fiscal 2021, we made voluntary prepayments of $186 million on the Term Loan Facility funded with incremental
borrowings under the ABL Credit Facility that will reduce our interest costs.
In fiscal 2021, we issued $500 million of unsecured 6.750% Senior Notes due October 15, 2028 (the “Senior Notes”)
and utilized the net proceeds and borrowings under the ABL Credit Facility to make a $500 million prepayment on our
Term Loan Facility. In addition, during fiscal 2021, we made $85 million of additional repayments under the Term
Loan Facility, including a mandatory repayment of $72 million related to Excess Cash Flow (as defined in the Term
Loan Agreement) generated in fiscal 2020, as required under the Term Loan Agreement and prepayments of
$13 million with asset sale proceeds.
In fiscal 2022, scheduled debt maturities are expected to be $14 million. We are also obligated to make payments to
reduce finance lease obligations, including a payment to acquire the Riverside, CA distribution center in fiscal 2022,
which we expect to fund with the proceeds of a concurrent sale-leaseback transaction in fiscal 2022. Based on our
Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio (as defined in the Term Loan Agreement) at the end of fiscal 2021, no
prepayment from Excess Cash Flow in fiscal 2021 is required to be made in fiscal 2022.
• Working capital decreased $272 million to $1,063 million as of July 31, 2021 from $1,335 million as of August 1,
2020, primarily due to the contractual requirement to acquire the Riverside, CA distribution center discussed above
reflected in the current portion of finance lease liabilities and accrued expenses, and the collection of tax refunds
related to prior year tax returns, partially offset by a reduction of the current portion of long-term debt resulting from
the Term Loan Facility Excess Cash Flow prepayment described above.
Sources and Uses of Cash
We expect to continue to replenish operating assets and pay down debt obligations with internally generated funds and proceeds
from the sale of surplus and/or non-core assets. A significant reduction in operating earnings or the incurrence of operating
losses could have a negative impact on our operating cash flow, which may limit our ability to pay down our outstanding
indebtedness as planned. Our credit facilities are secured by a substantial portion of our total assets. We expect to be able to
fund debt maturities through fiscal 2022 with internally generated fund, proceeds from asset sales or borrowings under the ABL
Credit Facility.
Our primary sources of liquidity are from internally generated funds and from borrowing capacity under the ABL Credit
Facility. We believe our short-term and long-term financing abilities are adequate as a supplement to internally generated cash
flows to satisfy debt obligations and fund capital expenditures as opportunities arise. Our continued access to short-term and
long-term financing through credit markets depends on numerous factors, including the condition of the credit markets and our
results of operations, cash flows, financial position and credit ratings.
Primary uses of cash include debt service, capital expenditures, working capital maintenance and income tax payments. We
typically finance working capital needs with cash provided from operating activities and short-term borrowings. Inventories are
managed primarily through demand forecasting and replenishing depleted inventories.
44
We currently do not pay a dividend on our common stock, and have no current plans to do so. In addition, we are limited in the
aggregate amount of dividends that we may pay under the terms of our Term Loan Facility, ABL Credit Facility, and Senior
Notes. Subject to certain limitations contained in our debt agreements and as market conditions warrant, we may from time to
time refinance indebtedness that we have incurred, including through the incurrence or repayment of loans under existing or
new credit facilities or the issuance or repayment of debt securities. Proceeds from the sale of any properties mortgaged and
encumbered under our Term Loan Facility are required to be used to make additional Term Loan Facility payments or to be
reinvested in the business.
Long-Term Debt
During fiscal 2021, we repaid a net $56 million under the ABL Credit Facility, repaid $771 million on the Term Loan Facility
related to mandatory and voluntary prepayments, and issued $500 million of Senior Notes. Refer to Note 9—Long-Term Debt
in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report for a detailed discussion of the provisions of our credit facilities and certain long-term
debt agreements and additional information.
Our Term Loan Agreement and Senior Notes do not include any financial maintenance covenants. Our ABL Loan Agreement
subjects us to a fixed charge coverage ratio (as defined in the ABL Loan Agreement) of at least 1.0 to 1.0 calculated at the end
of each of our fiscal quarters on a rolling four quarter basis, if the adjusted aggregate availability (as defined in the ABL Loan
Agreement) is ever less than the greater of (i) $235 million and (ii) 10% of the aggregate borrowing base. We have not been
subject to the fixed charge coverage ratio covenant under the ABL Loan Agreement, including through the filing date of this
Annual Report. The Term Loan Agreement, ABL Loan Agreement and Senior Notes contain certain operational and
informational covenants customary for debt securities of these types that limit our and our restricted subsidiaries’ ability to,
among other things, incur debt, declare or pay dividends or make other distributions to our stockholders, transfer or sell assets,
create liens on our assets, engage in transactions with affiliates, and merge, consolidate or sell all or substantially all of our and
our subsidiaries’ assets on a consolidated basis. We were in compliance with all such covenants for all periods presented. If we
fail to comply with any of these covenants, we may be in default under the applicable debt agreement, and all amounts due
thereunder may become immediately due and payable.
The following chart outlines our scheduled debt maturities by fiscal year, which excludes debt prepayments that may be
required from proceeds from sales of mortgaged properties beyond fiscal 2022 (as defined in the Term Loan Agreement). Based
on our Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio at the end of fiscal 2021, no prepayment from Excess Cash Flow in fiscal
2021 is required to be made in fiscal 2022.
45
Derivatives and Hedging Activity
We enter into interest rate swap contracts from time to time to mitigate our exposure to changes in market interest rates as part
of our strategy to manage our debt portfolio to achieve an overall desired position of notional debt amounts subject to fixed and
floating interest rates. Interest rate swap contracts are entered into for periods consistent with related underlying exposures and
do not constitute positions independent of those exposures.
As of July 31, 2021, we had an aggregate of $1,233 million of floating rate notional debt subject to active interest rate swap
contracts, which effectively hedge the LIBOR component of our interest rate payments through pay fixed and receive floating
interest rate swap agreements. These fixed rates range from 1.795% to 2.959%, with maturities between August 2022 and
October 2025. The fair value of these interest rate derivatives represents a total net liability of $75 million and are subject to
volatility based on changes in market interest rates. In fiscal 2021, we paid $17 million to terminate or novate $1,204 million of
interest rate swap contracts over our floating rate notional debt. The termination payments reflect the amount of accumulated
other comprehensive loss that will continue to be amortized into interest expense over the original interest rate swap contract
terms as long as the hedged interest rate transactions are still probable of occurring. See Note 8—Derivatives in Part II, Item 8
and —Interest Rate Risk within Item 7A of this Annual Report for additional information.
From time-to-time, we enter into fixed price fuel supply agreements and foreign currency hedges. As of July 31, 2021, we had
fixed price fuel contracts outstanding and foreign currency forward agreements outstanding. Gains and losses and the
outstanding assets and liabilities from these arrangements are insignificant.
Payments for Capital Expenditures
Our capital expenditures increased $137 million in fiscal 2021 to $310 million compared to $173 million for fiscal 2020,
primarily due to the new Allentown, PA distribution center investment in fiscal 2021 compared to the Riverside, CA
distribution center investments in fiscal 2020, as well as higher distribution center improvements, including automation, and
higher information technology investments. Fiscal 2022 capital spending is expected to be approximately $300 million and
include projects that optimize and expand our distribution network, technology platform investments and the remaining
investments in the Allentown, PA distribution center. In addition to this fiscal 2022 capital spending, we expect to spend
another $152 million to acquire the real property of the Riverside, CA distribution center, which we expect to fund with the
proceeds of a concurrent sale-leaseback transaction. We expect to finance fiscal 2022 capital expenditures requirements with
cash generated from operations and borrowings under our ABL Credit Facility. Longer term, capital spending is expected to be
at or below 1.0% of net sales. Future investments may be financed through long-term debt or borrowings under our ABL Credit
Facility.
46
The following chart outlines our capital expenditures by type over the last three fiscal years.
Cash Flow Information
The following summarizes our Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows:
(in millions)
Net cash provided by operating activities of continuing
operations
Net cash used in investing activities of continuing operations
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
Net cash flows from discontinued operations
Effect of exchange rate on cash
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents, at beginning of period
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period, including
discontinued operations
Fiscal 2021 compared to Fiscal 2020
2021
(52 weeks)
2020
(52 weeks)
2019
(53 weeks)
2021
2020
Increase (Decrease)
$
614 $
(239)
(384)
2
1
(6)
47
457 $
(28)
(453)
27
(1)
2
45
293 $
(2,341)
1,996
74
—
22
23
164
157 $
(211) 2,313
(2,449)
(47)
(1)
(20)
22
69
(25)
2
(8)
2
$
41 $
47 $
45 $
(6) $
2
The increase in net cash provided by operating activities of continuing operations was primarily due to lower levels of cash
invested in net working capital provided primarily due to the higher use of cash in fiscal 2020 due to credit extended on
continued sales growth and build inventories in excess of accounts payable increases. In addition, we had higher cash flow from
pre-tax earnings excluding non-cash impairments, restructuring charges, net periodic benefit income, multiemployer pension
plan charges and other expenses, and incurred lower cash interest expense.
The increase in net cash used in investing activities of continuing operations was primarily due to higher payments for capital
expenditures discussed below and lower proceeds from asset sales, including from distribution center sales related to optimizing
our distribution network, primarily those in the Pacific region.
The decrease in net cash used in financing activities of continuing operations was primarily due to less cash available from
operating activities, net of cash used in investing activities, to reduce our outstanding debt.
47
The decrease in cash flows from discontinued operations was primarily due to higher cash provided by investing activities from
the sale of property in fiscal 2020 that did not recur in 2021.
Fiscal 2020 compared to Fiscal 2019
The increase in net cash provided by operating activities of continuing operations was primarily due to higher amounts of cash
provided in fiscal 2020 related to higher earnings before the goodwill impairment charges and depreciation and amortization
expense, cash received from income taxes in fiscal 2020 compared to cash paid for income taxes in fiscal 2019, and lower
payments for assumed liabilities and transaction costs, which were partially offset by uses of cash to build inventory. In fiscal
2019, we benefited from the reduction of the seasonally high levels of inventory and accounts receivable at the time of the
Supervalu acquisition; however, these cash inflows were offset in part by decreases from cash payments made in fiscal 2019 for
assumed liabilities and the payment of transaction costs from the Supervalu acquisition, including transaction-related expenses,
accrued employee costs, and restructuring costs associated with reductions in force.
The decrease in net cash used in investing activities of continuing operations was primarily due to $2,292 million of cash paid
to purchase Supervalu in fiscal 2019 and $55 million of lower cash payments for capital expenditures, partially offset by $32
million of less cash received from the sale of property and equipment, primarily due to lower cash received from the sale of
distribution centers. In fiscal 2019, we received cash from the sale and leaseback of two distribution centers, one of which was a
shorter-term lease related to the exit of that facility. In fiscal 2020, we received cash proceeds from the sale of five distribution
centers, one of which contained a shorter-term leaseback related to the exit of that facility.
The decrease in net cash provided by financing activities of continuing operations was primarily due to fiscal 2019 borrowings
on long-term debt to finance the Supervalu acquisition, and a net decrease in cash provided by the revolving credit facility
borrowings of $1,193 million, which was driven by borrowings to finance the Supervalu acquisition in fiscal 2019, offset in part
by net payments made in fiscal 2020 from operating activities cash flows in excess of investing activities. These decreases in
cash provided by financing activities, were offset in part by a decrease in payments of long-term debt and finance lease
obligations of $658 million driven by the repayment of acquired senior notes in fiscal 2019 and $63 million of payments for
debt issuance costs in fiscal 2019.
Net cash flows from discontinued operations primarily include investing activity cash flows from asset sales and operating
activity cash flows from operating income of the retail disposal groups. The decrease in net cash flows from discontinued
operations is primarily due to higher proceeds received in fiscal 2019 related to the sale of retail locations, including
Hornbacher’s, than proceeds received in fiscal 2020, including proceeds from the sale of a former dedicated retail distribution
center and retail stores.
Other Obligations and Commitments
Our principal contractual obligations and commitments consist of obligations under our long term debt, interest on long-term
debt, operating and finance leases, purchase obligations, self-insurance liabilities and multiemployer plan withdrawals.
Refer to Note 9—Long-Term Debt, Note 11—Leases, Note 13—Benefit Plans, Note 1—Significant Accounting Policies and
Note 17—Commitments, Contingencies and Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Part
II, Item 8 of this Annual Report for more information on the nature and timing of obligations for debt, leases, benefit plans,
self-insurance and purchase obligations, respectively. The future amount and timing of interest expense payments are expected
to vary with the amount and then prevailing contractual interest rates over our debt as discussed in —Interest Rate Risk within
Item 7A of this Annual Report.
48
Pension and Other Postretirement Benefit Obligations
We contributed $2 million and $9 million to our defined benefit pension and other postretirement benefit plans, respectively, in
fiscal 2021. In fiscal 2022, no minimum pension contributions are required to be made under the Unified Grocers, Inc. Cash
Balance Plan or the SUPERVALU INC. Retirement Plan under Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
amended (“ERISA”). An insignificant amount of contributions are expected to be made to defined benefit pension plans and
postretirement benefit plans in fiscal 2022. We fund our defined benefit pension plans based on the minimum contribution
amount required under ERISA, the Pension Protection Act of 2006 and other applicable laws, as determined by us, including
our external actuarial consultant, and additional contributions made at our discretion. We may accelerate contributions or
undertake contributions in excess of the minimum requirements from time to time subject to the availability of cash in excess of
operating and financing needs or other factors as may be applicable. We assess the relative attractiveness of the use of cash to
accelerate contributions considering such factors as expected return on assets, discount rates, cost of debt, reducing or
eliminating required Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation variable rate premiums or in order to achieve exemption from
participant notices of underfunding.
Off-Balance Sheet Multiemployer Pension Arrangements
We contribute to various multiemployer pension plans under collective bargaining agreements, primarily defined benefit
pension plans. These multiemployer plans generally provide retirement benefits to participants based on their service to
contributing employers. The benefits are paid from assets held in trust for that purpose. Plan trustees typically are responsible
for determining the level of benefits to be provided to participants as well as the investment of the assets and plan
administration. Trustees are appointed in equal number by employers and unions that are parties to the collective bargaining
agreement. Based on the assessment of the most recent information available from the multiemployer plans, we believe that
most of the plans to which we contribute are underfunded. We are only one of a number of employers contributing to these
plans and the underfunding is not a direct obligation or liability to us.
Our contributions can fluctuate from year to year due to store closures, employer participation within the respective plans and
reductions in headcount. Our contributions to these plans could increase in the near term. However, the amount of any increase
or decrease in contributions will depend on a variety of factors, including the results of our collective bargaining efforts,
investment returns on the assets held in the plans, actions taken by the trustees who manage the plans and requirements under
the Pension Protection Act of 2006, the Multiemployer Pension Reform Act and Section 412(e) of the Internal Revenue Code.
Furthermore, if we were to significantly reduce contributions, exit certain markets or otherwise cease making contributions to
these plans, we could trigger a partial or complete withdrawal that could require us to record a withdrawal liability obligation
and make withdrawal liability payments to the fund. Expense is recognized in connection with these plans as contributions are
funded, in accordance with GAAP. We made contributions to these plans, and recognized continuing and discontinued
operations expense, of $48 million, $52 million and $41 million in fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. In fiscal 2022, we
expect to contribute approximately $46 million to multiemployer plans related to continuing operations, subject to the outcome
of collective bargaining and capital market conditions. We expect required cash payments to fund multiemployer pension plans
from which we have withdrawn from to be immaterial in any one fiscal year, which would exclude any payments that may be
agreed to on a lump sum basis to satisfy existing withdrawal liabilities. Any future withdrawal liability would be recorded when
it is probable that a liability exists and can be reasonably estimated, in accordance with GAAP. Any triggered withdrawal
obligation could result in a material charge and payment obligations that would be required to be made over an extended period
of time.
We also make contributions to multiemployer health and welfare plans in amounts set forth in the related collective bargaining
agreements. A small minority of collective bargaining agreements contain reserve requirements that may trigger unanticipated
contributions resulting in increased healthcare expenses. If these healthcare provisions cannot be renegotiated in a manner that
reduces the prospective healthcare cost as we intend, our Operating expenses could increase in the future.
Refer to Note 13—Benefit Plans in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report for further information regarding the plans in which we
participate.
49
Share Repurchases
On October 6, 2017, we announced that our Board of Directors authorized a share repurchase program for up to $200 million of
our outstanding common stock. The repurchase program is scheduled to expire upon our repurchase of shares of our common
stock having an aggregate purchase price of $200 million. We did not repurchase any shares of our common stock in fiscal
2021 or 2020 pursuant to the share repurchase program. As of July 31, 2021, we have $176 million remaining authorized under
the share repurchase program. We do not expect to purchase shares under the share repurchase program during fiscal 2022.
Additionally, our ABL Credit Facility, Term Loan Facility and Senior Notes contain terms that limit our ability to repurchase
common stock above certain levels unless certain conditions and financial tests are met.
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES
The preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported
amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and the related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. Management
believes the following critical accounting policies reflect our more subjective or complex judgments and estimates used in the
preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statements.
Inventories
Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market. Substantially all of our inventory consists of finished goods. Inventories
are recorded net of vendor allowances and cash discounts. We evaluate inventory shortages (shrink) throughout each fiscal year
based on actual physical counts in our facilities. The majority of our inventory is costed under the LIFO method, which allows
for matching of costs and revenues, as historical inflationary inventory acquisition prices are expected to continue in the future
and the LIFO method uses the current acquisition cost to value cost of goods sold as inventory is sold. If the first-in, first-out
method had been used, Inventories, net, would have been higher by approximately $67 million and $43 million for fiscal 2021
and 2020, respectively. As of July 31, 2021, approximately $1.8 billion or 76 percent of inventory was valued under the LIFO
method, before the application of a LIFO reserve, and primarily included grocery, frozen food and general merchandise
products, with the remaining inventory valued under the first-in, first-out method and primarily included meat, dairy and deli
products.
Vendor funds
We receive funds from many of the vendors whose products we buy for resale. These vendor funds are generally provided to
increase the purchasing and sell-through of the related products. We receive vendor funds for a variety of merchandising
activities: placement of the vendors’ products in our advertising; display of the vendors’ products in prominent locations in our
stores; supporting the introduction of new products into our stores and distribution centers; exclusivity rights in certain
categories; and to compensate for temporary price reductions offered to customers on products held for sale. We also receive
vendor funds for buying activities such as volume commitment rebates, credits for purchasing products in advance of their need
and cash discounts for the early payment of merchandise purchases. The majority of the vendor fund contracts have terms of
less than a year, although some of the contracts have terms of longer than one year.
We recognize vendor funds for merchandising activities as a reduction of Cost of sales when the related products are sold,
unless it has been determined that a discrete identifiable benefit has been provided to the vendor, in which case the related
amounts are recognized within Net sales and represent less than one half of one percent of total Net sales. Vendor funds that
have been earned as a result of completing the required performance under the terms of the underlying agreements but for
which the product has not yet been sold are recognized as reductions to the value of on-hand inventory.
The amount and timing of recognition of vendor funds as well as the amount of vendor funds to be recognized as a reduction to
ending inventory requires management judgment and estimates. Management determines these amounts based on estimates of
current year purchase volume using forecast and historical data, and a review of average inventory turnover data. These
judgments and estimates impact our reported gross profit, operating income and inventory amounts. The historical estimates
have been reliable in the past, and we believe our methodology will continue to be reliable in the future. Based on previous
experience, we do not expect significant changes in the level of vendor support. However, if such changes were to occur, cost
of sales and net sales could change, depending on the specific vendors involved. If vendor advertising allowances were
substantially reduced or eliminated, we would consider changing the volume, type and frequency of the advertising, which
could increase or decrease our advertising expense.
50
Benefit plans
We sponsor pension and other postretirement plans in various forms covering substantially all employees who meet eligibility
requirements. Pension benefits associated with these plans are generally based on each participant’s years of service,
compensation, and age at retirement or termination. Our defined benefit pension plans and certain supplemental executive
retirement plans were closed to new participants and service crediting.
While we believe the valuation methods used to determine the fair value of plan assets are appropriate and consistent with other
market participants, the use of different methodologies or assumptions to determine the fair value of certain financial
instruments could result in a different estimate of fair value at the reporting date.
The determination of our obligation and related expense for Company-sponsored pension and other postretirement benefits is
dependent, in part, on management’s selection of certain actuarial assumptions used in calculating these amounts. These
assumptions include, among other things, the discount rate and the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets. We
measure our defined benefit pension and other postretirement plan obligations as of the nearest calendar month end. Refer
to Note 13—Benefit Plans in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report for information related to the actuarial assumptions used in
determining pension and postretirement healthcare liabilities and expenses.
Discount rates
We review and select the discount rate to be used in connection with our pension and other postretirement obligations annually.
The discount rate reflects the current rate at which the associated liabilities could be effectively settled at the end of the year.
We set our rate to reflect the yield of a portfolio of high quality, fixed-income debt instruments that would produce cash flows
sufficient in timing and amount to settle projected future benefits.
We utilize the “full yield curve” approach for determining the interest and service cost components of net periodic benefit cost
for defined benefit pension and other postretirement benefit plans. Under this method, the discount rate assumption used in the
interest and service cost components of net periodic benefit cost is built through applying the specific spot rates along the yield
curve used in the determination of the benefit obligation described above, to the relevant projected future cash flows of our
pension and other postretirement benefit plans. We believe the “full yield curve” approach reflects a greater correlation between
projected benefit cash flows and the corresponding yield curve spot rates and provides a more precise measurement of interest
and service costs. Each 25 basis point reduction in the discount rate would increase our projected pension benefit obligation by
$62 million, as of July 31, 2021, and for fiscal 2022 would increase Net periodic benefit income by approximately $4 million.
Expected rate of return on plan assets
Our expected long-term rate of return on plan assets assumption is determined based on the portfolio’s actual and target
composition, current market conditions, forward-looking return and risk assumptions by asset class, and historical long-term
investment performance. The assumed long-term rate of return on pension assets ranged from 5.00 percent to 5.50 percent for
fiscal 2021. The 10-year rolling average annualized return for the SUPERVALU INC. Retirement Plan is approximately 8.07
percent based on returns from 2012 to 2021. In accordance with GAAP, actual results that differ from our assumptions are
accumulated and amortized over future periods and, therefore, affect expense and obligations in future periods. Each 25 basis
point reduction in expected return on plan assets would decrease Net periodic benefit income for fiscal 2022 by
approximately $5 million.
Amortizing gains and losses
We recognize the amortization of net actuarial loss on the SUPERVALU INC. Retirement Plan and the Unified Grocers, Inc.
Cash Balance Plan over the remaining life expectancy of inactive participants based on our determination that almost all of the
defined benefit pension plan participants are inactive and the plan is frozen to new participants. For the purposes of inactive
participants, we utilized an over approximately 90 percent threshold established under our policy.
Multiemployer pension plans
We contribute to various multi-employer pension plans based on obligations arising from collective bargaining agreements.
These multi-employer pension plans provide retirement benefits to participants based on their service to contributing
employers. The benefits are paid from assets held in trust for that purpose. Trustees are typically responsible for determining
the level of benefits to be provided to participants as well as such matters as the investment of the assets and the administration
of the plans.
51
We continue to evaluate and address our potential exposure to under-funded multi-employer pension plans as it relates to our
associates who are or were beneficiaries of these plans. In the future, we may consider opportunities to limit the Company’s
exposure to under-funded multi-employer pension obligations by moving our active associates in such plans to defined
contribution plans, and withdrawing from the pension plan or continuing to participate in the plans for prior obligations. In
fiscal 2021, we incurred a $63 million charge for obligations related to withdrawal liabilities for three Retail multiemployer
pension plans where our active associates moved to defined contribution plans for future benefits. As we continue to work to
find solutions to under-funded multiemployer pension plans, it is possible we could incur withdrawal liabilities for certain
additional multiemployer pension plan obligations. As we continue to work to find solutions to under-funded multiemployer
pension plans, it is possible we could incur withdrawal liabilities for certain additional multiemployer pension plan obligations
in the future as we actively bargain collective agreements with a number of our unions in due course.
We continue to evaluate our exposure to under-funded multiemployer pension plans. Although these liabilities are not a direct
obligation or an on-balance sheet liability of ours, addressing these uncertainties requires judgment in the timing of expense
recognition when we determine our commitment is probable and estimable.
Refer to Note 13—Benefit Plans of this Annual Report for more information relating to our participation in these
multiemployer pension plans and to the actuarial assumptions used in determining pension and other postretirement liabilities
and expenses.
Self-insurance liabilities
We are primarily self-insured for workers’ compensation, general and automobile liability insurance. It is our policy to record
the self-insured portions of our workers’ compensation, general and automobile liabilities based upon actuarial methods of
estimating the future cost of claims and related expenses that have been reported but not settled, and that have been incurred but
not yet reported. Any projection of losses concerning these liabilities is subject to a considerable degree of variability. Among
the causes of this variability are unpredictable external factors affecting litigation trends, benefit level changes and claim
settlement patterns. If actual claims incurred are greater than those anticipated, our reserves may be insufficient and additional
costs could be recorded in our Consolidated Financial Statements. Accruals for workers’ compensation, general and automobile
liabilities totaled $103 million and $101 million as of July 31, 2021 and August 1, 2020, respectively.
Recoverability of long-lived assets
We review long-lived assets, including definite-lived intangible assets at least annually, and on an interim basis if events occur
or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the assets may not be recoverable. We evaluate these assets at
the asset-group level, which is the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are largely independent of the cash flows of
other assets and liabilities. Cash flows expected to be generated by the related assets are estimated over the assets’ useful lives
based on updated projections. When the undiscounted future cash flows are not sufficient to recover an asset’s carrying amount,
the fair value is compared to the carrying value to determine the loss to be recorded.
Estimates of future cash flows and expected sales prices are judgements based on the Company’s experience and knowledge of
operations. These estimates project cash flows several years into the future and include assumptions on variables such as
changes in supply contracts, macroeconomic impacts and market competition.
We did not identify any impairments in fiscal 2021 as part of our quarterly procedures or annual impairment assessment.
Income taxes
The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method. Under the asset and liability method, deferred tax
assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement
carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured
using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be
recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized within the provision
for income tax in the period that includes the enactment date.
The calculation of the Company’s tax liabilities includes addressing uncertainties in the application of complex tax regulations
and is based on the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax
return. Addressing these uncertainties requires judgment and estimates; however, actual results could differ, and we may be
exposed to losses or gains. Our effective tax rate in a given financial statement period could be affected based on favorable or
52
unfavorable tax settlements. Unfavorable tax settlements will generally require the use of cash and may result in an increase to
our effective tax rate in the period of resolution. Favorable tax settlements may be recognized as a reduction to our effective tax
rate in the period of resolution.
The Company regularly reviews its deferred tax assets for recoverability to evaluate whether it is more likely than not that they
will be realized. In making this evaluation, the Company considers the statutory recovery periods for the assets, along with
available sources of future taxable income, including reversals of existing and future taxable temporary differences, tax
planning strategies, history of taxable income and projections of future income. The Company gives more significance to
objectively verifiable evidence, such as the existence of deferred tax liabilities that are forecast to generate taxable income
within the relevant carryover periods and a history of earnings. A valuation allowance is provided when the Company
concludes, based on all available evidence, that it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will not be realized during
the applicable recovery period.
Recently Issued Financial Accounting Standards
For a discussion of recently issued financial accounting standards, refer to Note 2—Recently Adopted and Issued Accounting
Pronouncements in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report for further detail.
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK.
We are exposed to a number of market related risks, including changes in interest rates, fuel prices, foreign exchange rates and
changes in the market price of investments held in our master trust used to fund defined benefit pension obligations. We have
historically employed financial derivative instruments from time to time to reduce these risks. We do not use financial
instruments or derivatives for any trading or other speculative purposes. We currently utilize derivative financial instruments to
reduce the market risks related to changes in interest rates, fuel prices and foreign exchange rates.
Interest Rate Risk
We are exposed to market pricing risk consisting of interest rate risk related to certain of our debt instruments and notes
receivable outstanding. Our debt obligations are more fully described in Note 9—Long-Term Debt to the Consolidated
Financial Statements included in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data of this Annual Report. Interest rate risk
is managed through the strategic use of fixed and variable rate debt and derivative instruments. As more fully described in Note
8—Derivatives to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data of
this Annual Report, we have used interest rate swap agreements with the objective to protect us against adverse changes in
interest rates by effectively converting certain of our variable rate obligations to fixed rate obligations. These interest rate swaps
are derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges on the forecasted interest payments related to a certain portion of our
debt obligations. Our variable rate borrowings consist primarily of LIBOR based loans, which is the benchmark interest rate
being hedged in our interest rate swap agreements.
Changes in interest rates could also affect the interest rates we pay on future borrowings under our ABL Credit Facility and
Term Loan Facility, which rates are typically related to LIBOR. We estimate that a 100 basis point increase in the interest rates
related to our variable rate borrowings would increase our annualized interest expense by approximately $5 million, net of the
floating interest rate receivable on our interest rate swaps. Changes in interest rates related to our fixed rate debt instruments
would not have an impact upon future results of operations or cash flows while outstanding; however, if additional debt
issuances at higher interest rates are required to fund fixed rate debt maturities, future results of operations or cash flows may be
impacted.
As of July 31, 2021, a 100 basis point increase in forward LIBOR interest rates would increase the fair value of the interest rate
swaps by approximately $31 million; a 100 basis point decrease in forward LIBOR interest rates would decrease the fair value
of the interest rate swaps by approximately $32 million. Refer to Note 8—Derivatives for further information on interest rate
swap contracts.
Customer loans have been extended to certain wholesale customers in the normal course of business through notes receivable.
The notes generally bear fixed interest rates negotiated with each wholesale customer. The market value of the fixed rate notes
is subject to change due to fluctuations in market interest rates; however, this market risk is not significant to us.
53
The table below provides information about our financial instruments that are sensitive to changes in interest rates, including
debt obligations, interest rate swaps and notes receivable. For debt obligations, the table presents principal amounts due and
related weighted average interest rates by expected maturity dates using interest rates as of July 31, 2021, excluding any
original issue and purchase accounting discounts, and deferred financing costs. For interest rate swaps, the table presents the
notional amounts and related weighted average interest rates by maturity. For notes receivable, the table presents the expected
collection of principal cash flows and weighted average interest rates by expected year of maturity.
July 31, 2021
Expected Fiscal Year of Maturity
Fair Value
Total
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
Thereafter
(in millions, except interest rates)
$
1,700 $ 1,703
$ —
$ —
$ 701
$ —
$ 1,002
$ —
2.7 %
$
578 $ 537
$
6.6 %
— %
14
5.3 %
$
— %
14
5.3 %
$
1.5 %
8
4.8 %
$
— %
1
4.4 %
3.6 %
— %
$ —
$ 500
— %
6.8 %
Long-term Debt:
Variable rate—principal payments
Weighted average interest rate(1)
Fixed rate—principal payments
Weighted average interest rate
Interest Rate Swaps(2):
Notional amounts hedged under pay
fixed, receive variable swaps
$
(75) $ 1,233
$
Weighted average pay rate
Weighted average receive rate
2.7 %
0.4 %
4
1.8 %
0.1 %
$ 429
$ 350
$ 250
$ 200
$ —
2.7 %
0.2 %
2.7 %
0.3 %
2.6 %
0.5 %
2.9 %
0.6 %
— %
— %
(1) Excludes the effect of interest rate swaps effectively converting certain of our variable rate obligations to fixed rate obligations.
(2) Refer to Note 8—Derivatives for further information on interest rate swap contracts.
Investment Risk
We assumed the defined benefit pension plan obligations and assets of the SUPERVALU INC. Retirement Plan from the
Supervalu acquisition. This plan holds investments in fixed income, public and private equity, and real estate securities, which
is described further in Note 13—Benefit Plans in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report. Changes in SUPERVALU INC.
Retirement Plan assets can affect the amount of our anticipated future contributions. In addition, increases or decreases in
SUPERVALU INC. Retirement Plan assets can result in a related increase or decrease to our equity through Accumulated other
comprehensive loss. As of July 31, 2021, a 10 percent unfavorable change in the total value of investments held by the
SUPERVALU INC. Retirement Plan (entirely within the return-seeking portion of the plan assets) would not have had an
impact on our minimum contributions required under ERISA for fiscal 2021, but would have resulted in an unfavorable change
in net periodic pension income for fiscal 2022 of $2 million and would have reduced stockholders’ equity by $186 million on a
pre-tax basis as of July 31, 2021.
Fuel Price and Foreign Exchange Risk
To reduce diesel price risk, we have entered into derivative financial instruments and/or forward purchase commitments for a
portion of our projected monthly diesel fuel requirements at fixed prices primarily related to inbound transportation. To reduce
foreign exchange risk, we have entered into derivative financial instruments for a portion of our projected monthly foreign
currency requirements at fixed prices. The fair values of fuel derivative and foreign exchange agreements are measured using
Level 2 inputs. As of July 31, 2021, the fair value and expected exposure risk based on aggregate notional values are
insignificant.
54
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Consolidated Financial Statements
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated Balance Sheets
Consolidated Statements of Operations
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
All other schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or not required.
Page
56
58
59
60
61
62
63
55
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Stockholders and Board of Directors
United Natural Foods, Inc.:
Opinions on the Consolidated Financial Statements and Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of United Natural Foods, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company)
as of July 31, 2021 and August 1, 2020, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, stockholders’
equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended July 31, 2021, and the related notes (collectively, the
consolidated financial statements). We also have audited the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of July 31,
2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring
Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial
position of the Company as of July 31, 2021 and August 1, 2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of
the years in the three-year period ended July 31, 2021, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also
in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of July
31, 2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
Change in Accounting Principle
As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has changed its method of accounting for leases
as of August 4, 2019 due to the adoption of Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 842, Leases.
Basis for Opinions
The Company’s management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal
control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included
in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to
express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and an opinion on the Company’s internal control over
financial reporting based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting
Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with
the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the
PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the
audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement,
whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material
respects.
Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement
of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks.
Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated
financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. Our audit of internal
control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the
risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based
on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the
circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.
Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures
that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and
dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit
preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and
56
expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the
company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or
disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also,
projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate
because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
Critical Audit Matter
The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial
statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relates to accounts or
disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or
complex judgments. The communication of a critical audit matter does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated
financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate
opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.
Assessment of the value of the defined benefit pension obligation
As discussed in Note 13 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company sponsors defined benefit pension plans,
covering primarily former Supervalu employees who meet certain eligibility requirements. The fair value of the
defined benefit pension obligation at year end was $2.1 billion, offset by plan assets totaling $2.1 billion. The
determination of the Company’s defined benefit pension obligation with respect to these plans is dependent, in part, on
the selection of certain actuarial assumptions, including the discount rates used.
We identified the assessment of the value of the defined benefit pension obligation as a critical audit matter because of
the subjectivity in evaluating the discount rates used, and the impact small changes in this assumption would have on
the measurement of the defined benefit pension obligation. Additionally, the audit effort associated with the evaluation
of the discount rates required specialized skills and knowledge.
The following are the primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter. We evaluated the design
and tested the operating effectiveness of certain internal controls related to the Company’s defined benefit pension
obligation process, including a control related to the development of the discount rates used. We compared the
methodology used in the current year to develop the discount rates to the methodology used in prior periods. In
addition, we involved an actuarial professional with specialized skills and knowledge, who assisted in the evaluation of
the Company’s discount rates, by evaluating the methodology utilized by the Company and assessing the selected
discount rates against publicly available discount rate benchmark information.
/s/ KPMG LLP
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 1993.
Providence, Rhode Island
September 28, 2021
57
UNITED NATURAL FOODS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(In millions, except for per share data)
ASSETS
July 31,
2021
August 1,
2020
Cash and cash equivalents
Accounts receivable, net
Inventories, net
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Current assets of discontinued operations
Total current assets
Property and equipment, net
Operating lease assets
Goodwill
Intangible assets, net
Deferred income taxes
Other long-term assets
Long-term assets of discontinued operations
Total assets
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Accounts payable
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
Accrued compensation and benefits
Current portion of operating lease liabilities
Current portion of long-term debt and finance lease liabilities
Current liabilities of discontinued operations
Total current liabilities
Long-term debt
Long-term operating lease liabilities
Long-term finance lease liabilities
Pension and other postretirement benefit obligations
Other long-term liabilities
Long-term liabilities of discontinued operations
Total liabilities
Commitments and contingencies
Stockholders’ equity:
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value, authorized 5.0 shares; none issued or outstanding
Common stock, $0.01 par value, authorized 100.0 shares; 57.0 shares issued and 56.4 shares
outstanding at July 31, 2021; 55.3 shares issued and 54.7 shares outstanding at August 1, 2020
Additional paid-in capital
Treasury stock at cost
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
Retained earnings
Total United Natural Foods, Inc. stockholders’ equity
Noncontrolling interests
Total stockholders’ equity
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
$
$
$
$
41 $
1,103
2,247
157
2
3,550
1,784
1,064
20
891
57
157
2
7,525 $
1,644 $
341
243
135
120
4
2,487
2,175
962
35
53
299
—
6,011
—
1
599
(24)
(39)
978
1,515
(1)
1,514
7,525 $
47
1,120
2,282
253
3
3,705
1,701
983
20
970
108
96
4
7,587
1,634
283
229
131
83
10
2,370
2,427
874
143
292
337
2
6,445
—
1
569
(24)
(239)
838
1,145
(3)
1,142
7,587
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
58
UNITED NATURAL FOODS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(In millions, except for per share data)
Net sales
Cost of sales
Gross profit
Operating expenses
Goodwill impairment charges
Restructuring, acquisition and integration related expenses
(Gain) loss on sale of assets
Operating income (loss)
Net periodic benefit income, excluding service cost
Interest expense, net
Other, net
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
Net income (loss) from continuing operations
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax
Net income (loss) including noncontrolling interests
Less net income attributable to noncontrolling interests
Net income (loss) attributable to United Natural Foods, Inc.
Basic earnings (loss) per share:
Continuing operations
Discontinued operations
Basic earnings (loss) per share
Diluted earnings (loss) per share:
Continuing operations
Discontinued operations
Diluted earnings (loss) per share
Weighted average shares outstanding:
Basic
Diluted
Fiscal Year Ended
July 31, 2021
(52 weeks)
August 1, 2020
(52 weeks)
August 3, 2019
(53 weeks)
$
26,950 $
26,559 $
23,011
3,939
3,593
—
56
(4)
294
(85)
204
(8)
183
34
149
6
155
(6)
22,670
3,889
3,552
425
87
18
(193)
(39)
192
(4)
(342)
(91)
(251)
(18)
(269)
(5)
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
149 $
(274) $
2.55 $
0.10 $
2.65 $
2.38 $
0.09 $
2.48 $
56.1
60.0
(4.76) $
(0.34) $
(5.10) $
(4.76) $
(0.34) $
(5.10) $
53.8
53.8
22,341
19,121
3,220
2,976
293
148
(1)
(196)
(35)
181
(1)
(341)
(59)
(282)
(3)
(285)
—
(285)
(5.51)
(0.05)
(5.56)
(5.51)
(0.05)
(5.56)
51.2
51.2
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
59
UNITED NATURAL FOODS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(In millions)
Net income (loss) including noncontrolling interests
Other comprehensive income (loss):
July 31, 2021
(52 weeks)
Fiscal Year Ended
August 1, 2020
(52 weeks)
August 3, 2019
(53 weeks)
$
155 $
(269) $
(285)
Recognition of pension and other postretirement benefit obligations, net of tax(1)
Recognition of interest rate swap cash flow hedges, net of tax(2)
Foreign currency translation adjustments
Total other comprehensive income (loss)
Less comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interests
Total comprehensive income (loss) attributable to United Natural Foods, Inc.
$
153
42
5
200
(6)
349 $
(83)
(46)
(1)
(130)
(5)
(404) $
(33)
(61)
(1)
(95)
—
(380)
(1) Amounts are net of tax expense (benefit) of $52 million, $(29) million and $(11) million, respectively.
(2) Amounts are net of tax expense (benefit) of $13 million, $(16) million and (23) million, respectively.
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
60
)
3
(
6
2
)
5
9
(
)
2
(
)
1
(
4
2
)
5
8
2
(
4
0
5
,
1
4
)
1
(
5
2
)
5
(
4
1
)
0
3
1
(
)
9
6
2
(
2
4
1
,
1
)
9
(
)
4
1
(
5
4
0
0
2
)
4
(
1
)
2
(
5
5
1
4
1
5
,
1
0
4
8
,
1
$
—
—
—
—
)
2
(
)
1
(
—
—
$
0
4
8
,
1
$
3
9
3
,
1
$
)
4
1
(
)
3
(
6
2
)
5
9
(
—
—
4
2
)
5
8
2
(
—
—
—
—
—
—
)
5
8
2
(
—
—
)
5
9
(
—
—
—
—
$
4
8
4
)
3
(
6
2
—
—
—
4
2
—
$
)
4
2
(
$
6
.
0
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
$
)
3
(
$
7
0
5
,
1
$
8
0
1
,
1
$
)
9
0
1
(
$
1
3
5
$
)
4
2
(
$
6
.
0
l
a
t
o
T
d
e
t
i
n
U
l
a
t
o
T
,
s
d
o
o
F
l
a
r
u
t
a
N
.
c
n
I
’
s
r
e
d
l
o
h
k
c
o
t
S
g
n
i
l
l
o
r
t
n
o
c
n
o
N
’
s
r
e
d
l
o
h
k
c
o
t
S
y
t
i
u
q
E
s
t
s
e
r
e
t
n
I
y
t
i
u
q
E
d
e
n
i
a
t
e
R
s
g
n
i
n
r
a
E
d
e
t
a
l
u
m
u
c
c
A
r
e
h
t
O
e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
C
s
s
o
L
l
a
n
o
i
t
i
d
d
A
n
i
-
d
i
a
P
l
a
t
i
p
a
C
k
c
o
t
S
y
r
u
s
a
e
r
T
k
c
o
t
S
n
o
m
m
o
C
t
n
u
o
m
A
s
e
r
a
h
S
t
n
u
o
m
A
s
e
r
a
h
S
S
E
I
R
A
I
D
I
S
B
U
S
D
N
A
.
C
N
I
,
S
D
O
O
F
L
A
R
U
T
A
N
D
E
T
I
N
U
Y
T
I
U
Q
E
'
S
R
E
D
L
O
H
K
C
O
T
S
F
O
S
T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S
D
E
T
A
D
I
L
O
S
N
O
C
)
s
n
o
i
l
l
i
m
n
I
(
$
)
1
(
$
5
1
5
,
1
—
—
—
—
)
5
(
—
5
$
)
3
(
—
—
—
—
)
4
(
—
—
6
4
)
1
(
5
2
)
0
3
1
(
—
4
1
4
—
—
—
—
—
$
5
4
1
,
1
)
4
7
2
(
$
8
3
8
)
4
7
2
(
—
—
—
)
0
3
1
(
—
—
—
)
1
(
—
5
2
—
—
4
1
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
$
)
9
3
2
(
$
9
6
5
$
)
4
2
(
$
6
.
0
)
9
(
)
4
1
(
5
4
0
0
2
—
1
)
2
(
9
4
1
)
9
(
—
—
—
—
—
—
$
9
4
1
8
7
9
—
—
—
0
0
2
—
—
—
—
—
)
4
1
(
5
4
—
—
1
)
2
(
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
$
)
9
3
(
$
9
9
5
$
)
4
2
(
$
6
.
0
.
s
t
n
e
m
e
t
a
t
S
l
a
i
c
n
a
n
i
F
d
e
t
a
d
i
l
o
s
n
o
C
o
t
s
e
t
o
N
g
n
i
y
n
a
p
m
o
c
c
a
e
e
S
1
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1
$
0
.
1
5
8
1
0
2
,
8
2
y
l
u
J
t
a
s
e
c
n
a
l
a
B
5
.
0
—
—
—
—
0
.
2
—
t
e
n
,
k
c
o
t
s
n
o
m
m
o
c
f
o
e
c
n
a
u
s
s
i
m
o
r
f
s
d
e
e
c
o
r
P
s
t
s
e
r
e
t
n
i
g
n
i
l
l
o
r
t
n
o
c
n
o
n
f
o
n
o
i
t
i
s
i
u
q
c
A
s
t
s
e
r
e
t
n
i
g
n
i
l
l
o
r
t
n
o
c
n
o
n
o
t
s
n
o
i
t
u
b
i
r
t
s
i
D
s
s
o
l
t
e
N
n
o
i
t
a
s
n
e
p
m
o
c
d
e
s
a
b
-
e
r
a
h
S
s
s
o
l
e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
c
r
e
h
t
O
s
g
n
i
t
s
e
v
k
c
o
t
s
d
e
t
c
i
r
t
s
e
R
$
5
.
3
5
9
1
0
2
,
3
t
s
u
g
u
A
t
a
s
e
c
n
a
l
a
B
g
n
i
t
n
u
o
c
c
a
n
i
e
g
n
a
h
c
f
o
t
c
e
f
f
e
e
v
i
t
a
l
u
m
u
C
—
5
.
0
—
—
—
3
.
1
—
$
3
.
5
5
—
6
.
1
—
—
—
1
.
0
—
—
t
e
n
,
k
c
o
t
s
n
o
m
m
o
c
f
o
e
c
n
a
u
s
s
i
m
o
r
f
s
d
e
e
c
o
r
P
s
t
s
e
r
e
t
n
i
g
n
i
l
l
o
r
t
n
o
c
n
o
n
o
t
s
n
o
i
t
u
b
i
r
t
s
i
D
0
2
0
2
,
1
t
s
u
g
u
A
t
a
s
e
c
n
a
l
a
B
e
m
o
c
n
i
)
s
s
o
l
(
t
e
N
g
n
i
t
n
u
o
c
c
a
n
i
e
g
n
a
h
c
f
o
t
c
e
f
f
e
e
v
i
t
a
l
u
m
u
C
e
l
p
i
c
n
i
r
p
e
m
o
c
n
i
e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
c
r
e
h
t
O
n
o
i
t
a
s
n
e
p
m
o
c
d
e
s
a
b
-
e
r
a
h
S
s
g
n
i
t
s
e
v
k
c
o
t
s
d
e
t
c
i
r
t
s
e
R
,
k
c
o
t
s
n
o
m
m
o
c
f
o
e
c
n
a
u
s
s
i
e
h
t
m
o
r
f
s
d
e
e
c
o
r
P
s
t
s
e
r
e
t
n
i
g
n
i
l
l
o
r
t
n
o
c
n
o
n
o
t
s
n
o
i
t
u
b
i
r
t
s
i
D
t
e
n
s
t
s
e
r
e
t
n
i
g
n
i
l
l
o
r
t
n
o
c
n
o
n
f
o
n
o
i
t
i
s
i
u
q
c
A
e
m
o
c
n
i
t
e
N
n
o
i
t
a
s
n
e
p
m
o
c
d
e
s
a
b
-
e
r
a
h
S
s
s
o
l
e
v
i
s
n
e
h
e
r
p
m
o
c
r
e
h
t
O
s
g
n
i
t
s
e
v
k
c
o
t
s
d
e
t
c
i
r
t
s
e
R
e
l
p
i
c
n
i
r
p
$
0
.
7
5
1
2
0
2
,
1
3
y
l
u
J
t
a
s
e
c
n
a
l
a
B
61
UNITED NATURAL FOODS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In millions)
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income (loss) including noncontrolling interests
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax
Net income (loss) from continuing operations
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization
Share-based compensation
(Gain) loss on sale of assets
Closed property and other restructuring charges
Goodwill impairment charges
Net pension and other postretirement benefit income
Deferred income tax benefit
LIFO charge
Provision for losses on receivables
Non-cash interest expense and other adjustments
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquired businesses
Accounts and notes receivable
Inventories
Prepaid expenses and other assets
Accounts payable
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
Net cash provided by operating activities of continuing operations
Net cash used in operating activities of discontinued operations
Net cash provided by operating activities
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Payments for capital expenditures
Purchases of acquired businesses, net of cash acquired
Proceeds from dispositions of assets
Other
Net cash used in investing activities of continuing operations
Net cash provided by investing activities of discontinued operations
Net cash used in investing activities
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Proceeds from borrowings of long-term debt
Proceeds from borrowings under revolving credit line
Proceeds from issuance of other loans
Repayments of borrowings under revolving credit line
Repayments of long-term debt and finance leases
Proceeds from the issuance of common stock and exercise of stock options
Payment of employee restricted stock tax withholdings
Payments for debt issuance costs
Distributions to noncontrolling interests
Repayments of other loans
Other
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
EFFECT OF EXCHANGE RATE ON CASH
NET (DECREASE) INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
Cash and cash equivalents, at beginning of period
Cash and cash equivalents, at end of period
Less: cash and cash equivalents of discontinued operations
Cash and cash equivalents
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
Cash paid for interest
Cash (refunds) payments for federal, state and foreign income taxes, net
Additions of property and equipment included in Accounts payable
Fiscal Year Ended
July 31, 2021
(52 weeks)
August 1, 2020
(52 weeks)
August 3, 2019
(53 weeks)
$
155 $
(269) $
6
149
285
45
(4)
6
—
(85)
(5)
24
(5)
51
24
14
(37)
15
137
614
—
614
(310)
—
82
(11)
(239)
2
(237)
500
3,676
—
(3,731)
(792)
1
(14)
(13)
(4)
(6)
(1)
(384)
1
(6)
47
41
—
(18)
(251)
282
25
18
46
425
(39)
(71)
18
46
15
(124)
(111)
113
107
(42)
457
—
457
(173)
—
147
(2)
(28)
27
(1)
2
4,278
6
(4,601)
(122)
14
(1)
—
(5)
(24)
—
(453)
(1)
2
45
47
—
$
$
$
$
41 $
47 $
146 $
(16) $
35 $
182 $
(22) $
27 $
(285)
(3)
(282)
248
26
(1)
30
293
(35)
(61)
25
10
16
53
183
(48)
(25)
(139)
293
(8)
285
(228)
(2,292)
179
—
(2,341)
82
(2,259)
1,927
3,972
22
(3,102)
(780)
24
(3)
(63)
(1)
—
—
1,996
—
22
23
45
(1)
44
183
78
10
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
62
UNITED NATURAL FOODS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 1—SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Nature of Business
United Natural Foods, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”, “we”, “us”, “UNFI”, or “our”) is a leading distributor of
natural, organic, specialty, produce, and conventional grocery and non-food products, and provider of support services to
retailers. The Company sells its products primarily throughout the United States and Canada.
Fiscal Year
The Company’s fiscal years end on the Saturday closest to July 31 and contain either 52 or 53 weeks. References to fiscal 2021,
fiscal 2020 and fiscal 2019, or 2021, 2020 and 2019, as presented in tabular disclosure, relate to the 52-week, 52-week and 53-
week fiscal periods ended July 31, 2021, August 1, 2020 and August 3, 2019, respectively.
Basis of Presentation
The accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries. The
Consolidated Financial Statements are prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United
States (“GAAP”). All significant intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation, with the
exception of sales transactions from continuing to discontinued operations for wholesale supply to a retail disposal group that
was sold with a supply agreement in fiscal 2019 discussed further in Note 3—Revenue Recognition. Unless otherwise
indicated, references to the Consolidated Statements of Operations and the Consolidated Balance Sheets in the Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements exclude all amounts related to discontinued operations. Refer to Note 18—Discontinued
Operations for additional information about the Company’s discontinued operations.
Discontinued Operations
In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2021, the Company determined it no longer met the held for sale criterion for a probable sale to be
completed within 12 months for two of the four stores that were previously included within discontinued operations, as a result
of criterion met as of the SUPERVALU INC. (“Supervalu”) acquisition date. As a result, the Company revised its Consolidated
Financial Statements to reclassify two Shoppers stores from discontinued operations to continuing operations. Prior periods
presented in the Consolidated Financial Statements have been conformed to the current period presentation.
Net Sales
Our net sales consist primarily of product sales of natural, organic, specialty, produce and conventional grocery and non-food
products, and support services revenue from retailers, adjusted for customer volume discounts, vendor incentives when
applicable, returns and allowances, and professional services revenue. Net sales also include amounts charged by the Company
to customers for shipping and handling and fuel surcharges. Vendor incentives do not reduce sales in circumstances where the
vendor tenders the incentive to the customer, when the incentive is not a direct reimbursement from a vendor, when the
incentive is not influenced by or negotiated in conjunction with any other incentive arrangements and when the incentive is not
subject to an agency relationship with the vendor, whether expressed or implied.
The Company recognizes revenue in an amount that reflects the consideration that is expected to be received for goods or
services when its performance obligations are satisfied by transferring control of those promised goods or services to its
customers. ASC 606 defines a five-step process to recognize revenue that requires judgment and estimates, including
identifying the contract with the customer, identifying the performance obligations in the contract, determining the transaction
price, allocating the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract and recognizing revenue when or as the
performance obligation is satisfied.
63
Revenues from wholesale product sales are recognized when control is transferred, which typically happens upon either
shipment or delivery, depending on the contract terms with the customer. Typically, shipping and customer receipt of wholesale
products occur on the same business day. Discounts and allowances provided to customers are recognized as a reduction in Net
sales as control of the products is transferred to customers. The Company recognizes freight revenue related to transportation of
its products when control of the product is transferred, which is typically upon delivery.
Revenues from Retail product sales are recognized at the point of sale upon customer check-out. Advertising income earned
from our franchisees that participate in our Retail advertising program are recognized as Net sales. The Company recognizes
loyalty program expense in the form of fuel rewards as a reduction of Net sales.
Sales tax is excluded from Net sales. Limited rights of return exist with our customers due to the nature of the products we sell.
Refer to Note 3—Revenue Recognition for additional information regarding the Company’s revenue recognition policies.
Cost of Sales
Cost of sales consist primarily of amounts paid to suppliers for product sold, plus transportation costs necessary to bring the
product to, or move product between, the Company’s distribution facilities and retail stores, partially offset by consideration
received from suppliers in connection with the purchase, transportation, or promotion of the suppliers’ products. Retail store
advertising expenses are components of Cost of sales and are expensed as incurred.
The Company receives allowances and credits from vendors for buying activities, such as volume incentives, promotional
allowances directed by the Company to customers, cash discounts, and new product introductions (collectively referred to as
“vendor funds”), which are typically based on contractual arrangements covering a period of one year or less. The Company
recognizes vendor funds for merchandising activities as a reduction of Cost of sales when the related products are sold, unless it
has been determined that a discrete identifiable benefit has been provided to the vendor, in which case the related amounts are
recognized within Net sales. Vendor funds that have been earned as a result of completing the required performance under the
terms of the underlying agreements but for which the product has not yet been sold are recognized as a reduction to the cost of
inventory. When payments or rebates can be reasonably estimated and it is probable that the specified target will be met, the
payment or rebate is accrued. However, when attaining the target is not probable, the payment or rebate is recognized only
when and if the target is achieved. Any upfront payments received for multi-period contracts are generally deferred and
amortized over the life of the contracts. The majority of the vendor fund contracts have terms of less than a year, with a small
proportion of the contracts longer than one year.
Shipping and Handling Fees and Costs
The Company includes shipping and handling fees billed to customers in Net sales. Shipping and handling costs associated with
inbound freight are recorded in Cost of sales, whereas shipping and handling costs for receiving, selecting, quality assurance,
and outbound transportation are recorded in Operating expenses. Outbound shipping and handling costs, including allocated
employee benefit expenses that are recorded in Operating expenses, totaled $1,513 million, $1,505 million and $1,299 million
for fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
Operating Expenses
Operating expenses include salaries and wages, employee benefits, warehousing and delivery, selling, occupancy, insurance,
administrative, share-based compensation, depreciation, and amortization expense. These expenses include the departmental
expenses of warehousing, delivery, purchasing, receiving, selecting and outbound transportation expenses.
Restructuring, Acquisition and Integration Expenses
Restructuring, acquisition and integration expenses reflect expenses resulting from restructuring activities, including severance
costs, change-in-control related charges, facility closure asset impairment charges and costs, stock-based compensation
acceleration charges and acquisition and integration expenses. Integration expenses include certain professional consulting
expenses related to business transformation and incremental expenses related to combining facilities required to optimize our
distribution network as a result of acquisitions.
64
(Gain) Loss on Sale of Assets
(Gain) loss on sale of assets includes (gain) loss on sale of assets and non-cash charges related to changes in plans of sales of
discontinued operations. In fiscal 2020, the Company recorded a non-cash charge of $50 million to reduce the carrying amount
of Retail’s property and equipment, and intangible assets for any depreciation and amortization expense that would have been
recognized had the assets been held and used as part of continuing operations since their acquisition date through the end of
fiscal 2020, which was comprised of $39 million related to property and equipment, and $11 million related to intangible assets.
Interest expense, net
Interest expense, net includes primarily interest expense on long-term debt, net of capitalized interest, loss on debt
extinguishment, interest expense on finance lease obligations, amortization of financing costs and discounts, and interest
income.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of Consolidated Financial Statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the
date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results
could differ from those estimates.
Reclassifications
Within the Consolidated Financial Statements certain immaterial amounts have been reclassified to conform with current year
presentation. These reclassifications had no impact on reported net income, cash flows, or total assets and liabilities.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash equivalents consist of highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less. The Company’s banking
arrangements allow it to fund outstanding checks when presented to the financial institution for payment. The Company funds
all intraday bank balance overdrafts during the same business day. Checks outstanding in excess of bank balances create book
overdrafts, which are recorded in Accounts payable in the Consolidated Balance Sheets and are reflected as an operating
activity in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. As of July 31, 2021 and August 1, 2020, the Company had net book
overdrafts of $268 million and $268 million, respectively.
Accounts Receivable, Net
Accounts receivable primarily consist of trade receivables from customers and net receivable balances from suppliers. In
determining the adequacy of the allowances, management analyzes customer creditworthiness, aging of receivables, payment
terms, the value of the collateral, customer financial statements, historical collection experience, aging of receivables and other
economic and industry factors. In instances where a reserve has been recorded for a particular customer, future sales to the
customer are conducted using either cash-on-delivery terms, or the account is closely monitored so that as agreed upon
payments are received, orders are released; a failure to pay results in held or canceled orders.
Inventories, Net
Substantially all of the Company’s inventories consist of finished goods. To value discrete inventory items at lower of cost or
market before application of any last-in, first-out (“LIFO”) reserve, the Company utilizes the weighted average cost method,
perpetual cost method, the retail inventory method (“RIM”) and the replacement cost method. Allowances for vendor funds
received from suppliers are recorded as a reduction to Inventories, net and subsequently within Cost of sales upon the sale of
the related products. Inventories are evaluated for shortages throughout each fiscal year based on actual physical counts in our
distribution facilities and stores. Allowances for inventory shortages are recorded based on the results of these counts to provide
for estimated shortages as of the end of each fiscal year. As of July 31, 2021 and August 1, 2020, approximately $1.8 billion of
inventory was valued under the LIFO method, before the application of a LIFO reserve, and primarily included grocery, frozen
food and general merchandise products, with the remaining inventory valued under the FIFO method and primarily included
meat, dairy and deli products.
65
Property and Equipment, Net
Property and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation expense is based on the
estimated useful lives of the assets using the straight-line method. Applicable interest charges incurred during the construction
of new facilities are capitalized as one of the elements of cost and are amortized over the assets’ estimated useful lives if certain
criteria are met. Refer to Note 5—Property and Equipment, Net for additional information.
The Company reviews long-lived assets, including amortizing intangible assets, for indicators of impairment whenever events
or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the assets may not be recoverable. Cash flows expected to be
generated by the related assets are estimated over the assets’ useful lives based on updated projections. The Company groups
long-lived assets with other assets at the lowest level for which identifiable cash flows are largely independent of the cash flows
of other assets. If the evaluation indicates that the carrying amount of an asset group may not be recoverable, the potential
impairment is measured based on a fair value discounted cash flow model or a market approach method.
Income Taxes
The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method. Under the asset and liability method, deferred tax
assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement
carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured
using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be
recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the
period that includes the enactment date.
The Company records liabilities to address uncertain tax positions we have taken in previously filed tax returns or that we
expect to take in a future tax return. The determination for required liabilities is based upon an analysis of each individual tax
position, taking into consideration whether it is more likely than not that our tax position, based on technical merits, will be
sustained upon examination. For those positions for which we conclude it is more likely than not it will be sustained, we
recognize the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement with the
taxing authority. The difference between the amount recognized and the total tax position is recorded as a liability. The ultimate
resolution of these tax positions may be greater or less than the liabilities recorded.
The Company allocates tax expense among specific financial statement components using a “with-or-without” approach. Under
this approach, the Company first determines the total tax expense or benefit (current and deferred) for the period. The Company
then calculates the tax effect of pretax income from continuing operations only. The residual tax expense is allocated on a
proportional basis to other financial statement components (i.e. discontinued operations, other comprehensive income).
Goodwill and Intangible Assets, Net
The Company accounts for acquired businesses using the purchase method of accounting, which requires that the assets
acquired and liabilities assumed be recorded at the acquisition date at their respective estimated fair values. Goodwill represents
the excess acquisition cost over the fair value of net assets acquired in a business combination. Goodwill is assigned to the
reporting units that are expected to benefit from the synergies of the business combination that generated the goodwill.
Goodwill reporting units exist at one level below the operating segment level unless they are determined to be economically
similar, and are evaluated for events or changes in circumstances indicating a goodwill reporting unit has changed. Relative fair
value allocations are performed when components of an aggregated goodwill reporting unit become separate reporting units or
move from one reporting unit to another.
Goodwill is reviewed for impairment at least annually as of the first day of the fourth fiscal quarter and if events occur or
circumstances change that would indicate that the value of the asset may be impaired. The Company performs qualitative
assessments of goodwill for impairment. If the qualitative assessment indicates it is more likely than not that a reporting unit’s
fair value is less than the carrying value, or the Company bypasses the qualitative assessment, a quantitative assessment would
be performed. The Company estimates the fair values of its reporting units in a quantitative assessment by using the market
approach, applying a multiple of earnings based on guidelines for publicly traded companies, and/or the income approach,
discounting projected future cash flows based on management’s expectations of the current and future operating environment
for each reporting unit. Refer to Note 6—Goodwill and Intangible Assets, Net for additional information regarding the
Company’s goodwill impairment reviews, changes to its reporting units and other information.
66
Indefinite-lived intangible assets include a branded product line and a Tony’s Fine Foods tradename. Indefinite-lived intangible
assets are reviewed for impairment at least annually as of the first day of the fourth fiscal quarter and if events occur or
circumstances change that would indicate that the value of the asset may be impaired. The Company performed qualitative
reviews of its indefinite lived intangible assets in fiscal 2021 and 2020, which indicated a quantitative assessment was not
required.
In determining the estimated fair value for intangible assets, the Company typically utilizes the income approach, which
discounts the projected future net cash flow using an appropriate discount rate that reflects the risks associated with such
projected future cash flow. Refer to Note 6—Goodwill and Intangible Assets, Net for additional information on the Company’s
intangible assets.
Intangible assets with definite lives are amortized on a straight-line basis over the following years:
Customer relationships
Trademarks and tradenames
Favorable operating leases
Unfavorable operating leases
Pharmacy prescription files
Business Dispositions
7 - 20 years
2 - 10 years
2 - 8 years
2 - 8 years
7 years
The Company reviews the presentation of planned business dispositions in the Consolidated Financial Statements based on the
available information and events that have occurred. The review consists of evaluating whether the business meets the
definition of a component for which the operations and cash flows are clearly distinguishable from the other components of the
business, and if so, whether it is anticipated that after the disposal the cash flows of the component would be eliminated from
continuing operations and whether the disposition represents a strategic shift that has a major effect on operations and financial
results. In addition, the Company evaluates whether the business has met the criteria as a business held for sale. In order for a
planned disposition to be classified as a business held for sale, the established criteria must be met as of the reporting date,
including an active program to market the business and the expected disposition of the business within one year.
Planned business dispositions are presented as discontinued operations when all the criteria described above are met.
Operations of the business components meeting the discontinued operations requirements are presented within Income from
discontinued operations, net of tax in the Consolidated Statements of Operations, and assets and liabilities of the business
component planned to be disposed of are presented as separate lines within the Consolidated Balance Sheets. See Note 18—
Discontinued Operations for additional information.
The carrying value of the business held for sale is reviewed for recoverability upon meeting the classification requirements.
Evaluating the recoverability of the assets of a business classified as held for sale follows a defined order in which property and
intangible assets subject to amortization are considered only after the recoverability of goodwill, indefinite lived intangible
assets and other assets are assessed. After the valuation process is completed, the held for sale business is reported at the lower
of its carrying value or fair value less cost to sell, and no additional depreciation or amortization expense is recognized. There
are inherent judgments and estimates used in determining the fair value less costs to sell of a business and any impairment
charges. The sale of a business can result in the recognition of a gain or loss that differs from that anticipated prior to closing.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
Financial assets and liabilities measured on a recurring basis, and non-financial assets and liabilities that are recognized on a
non-recurring basis, are recognized or disclosed at fair value on at least an annual basis. Fair value is defined as the price that
would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the
measurement date. When determining the fair value measurements for assets and liabilities required or permitted to be recorded
at fair value, the Company considers the principal or most advantageous market in which it would transact and considers
assumptions that market participants would use when pricing the asset or liability, such as inherent risk, transfer restrictions,
and risk of nonperformance. ASC 820 establishes a fair value hierarchy that requires an entity to maximize the use of
observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. ASC 820 establishes three levels of
inputs that may be used to measure fair value:
• Level 1 Inputs—Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
67
• Level 2 Inputs—Inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are either directly or indirectly observable through
correlation with market data. These include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for
identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active; and inputs to valuation models or other pricing
methodologies that do not require significant judgment because the inputs used in the model, such as interest rates and
volatility, can be corroborated by readily observable market data.
• Level 3 Inputs—One or more significant inputs that are unobservable and supported by little or no market activity, and that
reflect the use of significant management judgment. Level 3 assets and liabilities include those whose fair value
measurements are determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies or similar valuation techniques,
and significant management judgment or estimation.
The carrying amounts of the Company’s financial instruments including cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable,
accounts payable and certain accrued expenses and other assets and liabilities approximate fair value due to the short-term
nature of these instruments.
Share-Based Compensation
Share-based compensation consists of restricted stock units, performance units, stock options and SUPERVALU INC.
(“Supervalu”) replacement awards. Share-based compensation expense is measured by the fair value of the award on the date of
grant. The Company recognizes share-based compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of
the individual grants. Forfeitures are recognized as reductions to share-based compensation when they occur. The grant date
closing price per share of the Company’s stock is used to determine the fair value of restricted stock units. Supervalu
Replacement Awards are liability classified awards as they may ultimately be settled in cash or shares at the discretion of the
employee. The Company’s executive officers and members of senior management have been granted performance units which
vest, when and if earned, in accordance with the terms of the related performance unit award agreements. The Company
recognizes share-based compensation expense based on the target number of shares of common stock and the Company’s stock
price on the date of grant and subsequently adjusts expense based on actual and forecasted performance compared to planned
targets. Share-based compensation expense is recognized within Operating expenses for ongoing employees and in certain
instances is recorded within Restructuring, acquisition and integration related expenses when an employee is notified of
termination and their awards become accelerated. Refer to Note 12—Share-Based Awards for additional information.
Benefit Plans
The Company recognizes the funded status of its Company-sponsored defined benefit plans in the Consolidated Balance Sheets
and gains or losses and prior service costs or credits not yet recognized as a component of Accumulated other comprehensive
loss, net of tax, in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company measures its defined benefit pension and other
postretirement plan obligations as of the nearest calendar month end. The Company records net periodic benefit income or
expense related to interest cost, expected return on plan assets and the amortization of actuarial gains and losses, excluding
service costs, in the Consolidated Statements of Operations within Net periodic benefit income, excluding service cost. Service
costs are recorded in Operating expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
The Company sponsors pension and other postretirement plans in various forms covering participants who meet eligibility
requirements. The determination of the Company’s obligation and related income or expense for Company-sponsored pension
and other postretirement benefits is dependent, in part, on management’s selection of certain actuarial assumptions in
calculating these amounts. These assumptions include, among other things, the discount rate, the expected long-term rate of
return on plan assets and the rates of increase in healthcare costs. These assumptions are disclosed in Note 13—Benefit Plans.
Actual results that differ from the assumptions are accumulated and amortized over future periods.
The Company contributes to various multiemployer pension plans under collective bargaining agreements, primarily defined
benefit pension. Pension expense for these plans is recognized as contributions are funded. In addition, the Company provides
postretirement health and welfare benefits for certain groups of union and non-union employees. See Note 13—Benefit Plans
for additional information on participation in multiemployer plans.
Earnings Per Share
Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of common shares
outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share is calculated by adding the dilutive potential common shares to the
weighted average number of common shares that were outstanding during the period. For purposes of the diluted earnings per
share calculation, outstanding stock options, restricted stock units and performance-based awards, if applicable, are considered
common stock equivalents, using the treasury stock method.
68
Treasury Stock
The Company records the repurchase of shares of common stock at cost based on the settlement date of the transaction. These
shares are classified as treasury stock, which is a reduction to stockholders’ equity. Treasury stock is included in authorized and
issued shares but excluded from outstanding shares.
On October 6, 2017, the Company announced that its Board of Directors authorized a share repurchase program for up to $200
million of the Company’s outstanding common stock. The repurchase program is scheduled to expire upon the Company’s
repurchase of shares of the Company’s common stock having an aggregate purchase price of $200 million. The Company did
not repurchase any shares of its common stock in fiscal 2021, 2020 or 2019. As of July 31, 2021, we have $176 million
remaining authorized under the share repurchase program. Additionally, our ABL Credit Facility, Term Loan Facility, and
Senior Notes contain terms that limit our ability to repurchase shares of common stock above certain levels unless certain
conditions and financial tests are met.
Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Comprehensive income (loss) is reported in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income. Comprehensive income
(loss) includes all changes in stockholders’ equity during the reporting period, other than those resulting from investments by
and distributions to stockholders. The Company’s comprehensive income (loss) is calculated as Net income (loss) including
noncontrolling interests, plus or minus adjustments for foreign currency translation related to the translation of UNFI Canada,
Inc. (“UNFI Canada”) from the functional currency of Canadian dollars to U.S. dollar reporting currency, changes in the fair
value of cash flow hedges, net of tax, and changes in defined pension and other postretirement benefit plan obligations, net of
tax, less comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interests.
Accumulated other comprehensive loss represents the cumulative balance of other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax, as
of the end of the reporting period and relates to foreign currency translation adjustments, and unrealized gains or losses on cash
flow hedges, net of tax and changes in defined pension and other postretirement benefit plan obligations, net of tax.
Derivative Financial Instruments
The Company utilizes derivative financial instruments to manage its exposure to changes in interest rates, fuel costs, and with
the operation of UNFI Canada, foreign currency exchange rates. All derivatives are recognized on the Company’s Consolidated
Balance Sheets at fair value based on quoted market prices or estimates, and are recorded in either current or noncurrent assets
or liabilities based on their maturity. Changes in the fair value of derivatives are recorded in comprehensive income or net
earnings, based on whether the instrument is designated and effective as a hedge transaction and, if so, the type of hedge
transaction. Gains or losses on derivative instruments are recorded in Accumulated other comprehensive loss and are
reclassified to earnings in the period the hedged item affects earnings. If the hedged relationship ceases to exist, any associated
amounts reported in Accumulated other comprehensive loss are reclassified to earnings at that time. The Company measures
effectiveness of its hedging relationships both at hedge inception and on an ongoing basis.
Self-Insurance Liabilities
The Company is primarily self-insured for workers’ compensation, general and automobile liability insurance. It is the
Company’s policy to record the self-insured portion of workers’ compensation, general and automobile liabilities based upon
actuarial methods to estimate the future cost of claims and related expenses that have been reported but not settled, and that
have been incurred but not yet reported, discounted at a risk-free interest rate. The present value of such claims was calculated
using a discount rate of 2.0 percent.
69
Changes in the Company’s self-insurance liabilities consisted of the following:
(in millions)
Beginning balance
Assumed liabilities from the Supervalu acquisition
Expense
Claim payments
Reclassifications
Ending balance
2021
2020
2019
$
$
101 $
—
48
(48)
2
103 $
89 $
—
44
(36)
4
101 $
25
55
43
(33)
(1)
89
The current portion of the self-insurance liability was $32 million and $34 million as of July 31, 2021 and August 1, 2020,
respectively, and is included in Accrued expenses and other current liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The long-
term portions were $71 million and $67 million as of July 31, 2021 and August 1, 2020, respectively, and are included in Other
long-term liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The self-insurance liabilities as of the end of the fiscal year are net of
discounts of $10 million and $7 million as of July 31, 2021 and August 1, 2020, respectively. Amounts due from insurance
companies were $17 million and $12 million as of July 31, 2021 and August 1, 2020, respectively, and are recorded in Prepaid
expenses and other current assets and Other long-term assets.
Leases, After ASC 842 Adoption
At the inception or modification of a contract, the Company determines whether a lease exists and classifies its leases as an
operating or finance lease at commencement. Subsequent to commencement, lease classification is only reassessed upon a
change to the expected lease term or contract modification. Finance and operating lease assets represent the Company’s right to
use an underlying asset as lessee for the lease term, and lease obligations represent the Company’s obligation to make lease
payments arising from the lease. These assets and obligations are recognized at the lease commencement date based on the
present value of lease payments, net of incentives, over the lease term. Incremental borrowing rates are estimated based on the
Company’s borrowing rate as of the lease commencement date to determine the present value of lease payments, when lease
contracts do not provide a readily determinable implicit rate. Incremental borrowing rates are determined by using the yield
curve based on the Company’s credit rating adjusted for the Company’s specific debt profile and secured debt risk. The lease
asset also reflects any prepaid rent, initial direct costs incurred and lease incentives received. The Company’s lease terms
include optional extension periods when it is reasonably certain that those options will be exercised. Leases with an initial
expected term of 12 months or less are not recorded in the Consolidated Balance Sheets and the related lease expense is
recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. For certain classes of underlying assets, the Company has elected to not
separate fixed lease components from the fixed nonlease components.
The Company recognizes contractual obligations and receipts on a gross basis, such that the related lease obligation to the
landlord is presented separately from the sublease created by the lease assignment to the assignee. As a result, the Company
continues to recognize on its Consolidated Balance Sheets the operating lease assets and liabilities, and finance lease assets and
obligations, for assigned leases.
The Company records operating lease expense and income using the straight-line method within Operating expenses, and lease
income on a straight-line method for leases with its customers within Net sales. Finance lease expense is recognized as
amortization expense within Operating expenses, and interest expense within Interest expense, net. For operating leases with
step rent provisions whereby the rental payments increase over the life of the lease, and for leases with rent-free periods, the
Company recognizes expense and income on a straight-line basis over the expected lease term, based on the total minimum
lease payments to be made or lease receipts expected to be received. The Company is generally obligated for property tax,
insurance and maintenance expenses related to leased properties, which often represent variable lease expenses. For contractual
obligations on properties where the Company remains the primary obligor upon assignment of the lease and does not obtain a
release from landlords or retain the equity interests in the legal entities with the related rent contracts, the Company continues to
recognize rent expense and rent income within Operating expenses.
Operating and finance lease assets are reviewed for impairment based on an ongoing review of circumstances that indicate the
assets may no longer be recoverable, such as closures of retail stores, distribution centers and other properties that are no longer
being utilized in current operations, and other factors. The Company calculates operating and finance lease impairments using a
discount rate to calculate the present value of estimated subtenant rentals that could be reasonably obtained for the property.
Lease impairment charges for properties no longer used in operations are recorded as a component of Restructuring, acquisition
and integration related expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
70
The calculation of lease impairment charges requires significant judgments and estimates, including estimated subtenant rentals,
discount rates and future cash flows based on the Company’s experience and knowledge of the market in which the property is
located, previous efforts to dispose of similar assets and the assessment of existing market conditions. Impairments are
recognized as a reduction of the carrying value of the right of use asset and finance lease assets. Refer to Note 11—Leases for
additional information.
Leases, Prior to Adoption of ASC 842
The Company records lease expense and income using the straight-line method within Operating expenses. For leases with step
rent provisions whereby the rental payments increase over the life of the lease, and for leases where the Company receives rent-
free periods, the Company recognizes expense and income based on a straight-line basis based on the total minimum lease
payments to be made over the expected lease term. Deferred rent obligations are included in Other current liabilities and Other
long-term liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company continues to recognize contractual obligations and
receipts on a gross basis, such that the related lease obligation to the landlord is presented separately from the sublease created
by the lease assignment to the assignee. Lease reserve impairment charges are recorded as a component of Restructuring,
acquisition and integration related expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
NOTE 2—RECENTLY ADOPTED AND ISSUED ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements
In February 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued accounting standards update (“ASU”) No.
2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) (“ASC 842”), which provided new comprehensive lease accounting guidance that supersedes
previous lease guidance. The Company adopted this standard in fiscal 2020, on August 4, 2019. Adoption of this standard did
not have a material impact to the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations, Consolidated Statements of Stockholders'
Equity or Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.
In June 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued accounting ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments—
Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments and subsequent amendments to the initial
guidance: ASU 2018-19, ASU 2019-04, ASU 2019-05 and ASU 2019-11 (collectively, “Topic 326”). Topic 326 changed the
impairment model for most financial assets and certain other instruments. For trade and other receivables, guarantees and other
instruments, entities are required to use a new forward-looking expected loss model that replaces the previous incurred loss
model and generally results in earlier recognition of credit losses. The Company adopted this standard in fiscal 2021, on August
2, 2020, the effective and initial application date, using a modified-retrospective basis as required by the standard by means of a
cumulative-effect adjustment to the opening balance of Retained earnings in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of
Stockholders' Equity. The difference between reserves and allowances recorded under the former incurred loss model and the
amount determined under the current expected loss model, net of the deferred tax impact, was recorded as an adjustment to
Retained earnings. Adoption of this standard did not have a material impact to the Company’s Consolidated Financial
Statements.
In April 2019, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019-04, Codification Improvements to Topic 326 Financial Instruments – Credit
Losses, Topic 815, Derivatives and Hedging, and Topic 825. This ASU clarifies the accounting treatment for the measurement
of credit losses under ASC 326 and provides further clarification on previously issued updates including ASU 2017-12,
Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Targeted Improvements to Accounting for Hedging Activities and ASU 2016-01,
Financial Instruments—Overall (Subtopic 825-10): Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial
Liabilities. Since the Company adopted ASU 2017-12 in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2018, the amendments in ASU 2019-04
related to clarifications on Accounting for Hedging Activities which were adopted by the Company in fiscal 2020, with no
impact to Accumulated other comprehensive loss or Retained earnings for fiscal 2020, as the Company did not have separately
measured ineffectiveness related to its cash flow hedges. The remaining amendments within ASU 2019-04 were adopted in
fiscal 2021 with the adoption of Topic 326. Adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s
Consolidated Financial Statements.
71
In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-15, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other—Internal-Use Software: Customer’s
Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement that is a Service Contract. ASU 2018-15
requires implementation costs incurred by customers in cloud computing arrangements (i.e. hosting arrangements) to be
capitalized under the same premises as authoritative guidance for internal-use software, and deferred over the noncancellable
term of the cloud computing arrangements plus any optional renewal periods that are reasonably certain to be exercised by the
customer or for which the exercise is controlled by the service provider. The Company adopted this standard on a prospective
basis in fiscal 2021. Under this standard, the Company is required to defer these costs and recognize these costs as a service
expense over future periods. Adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial
Statements.
In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-14, Compensation—Retirement Benefits—Defined Benefit Plans—General
(Subtopic 715-20): Disclosure Framework—Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Defined Benefit Plans. ASU 2018-14
requires entities to disclose the weighted-average interest crediting rates used, reasons for significant gains and losses affecting
benefit obligations, and an explanation of any other significant changes in the benefit obligation or plan assets. The amendment
also removed certain required disclosures. The Company adopted this guidance in fiscal 2021. The provisions of the new
standard do not have an impact on the Consolidated Financial Statements as this ASU only modified disclosure requirements.
Refer to Note 13—Benefit Plans for disclosures presented for all periods in accordance with this amendment.
Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements
In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes.
ASU 2019-12 eliminates certain exceptions to Topic 740’s general principles. The amendments also improve consistent
application and simplifies its application. The Company is required to adopt this guidance in the first quarter of fiscal 2022. The
Company has evaluated the impact of the standard and does not expect the adoption to have a material impact on the
Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.
NOTE 3—REVENUE RECOGNITION
Product sales
The Company enters into wholesale customer distribution agreements that provide terms and conditions of our order
fulfillment. The Company’s distribution agreements often specify levels of required minimum purchases in order to earn certain
rebates or incentives. Certain contracts include rebates and other forms of variable consideration, including consideration
payable to the customer up-front, over time or at the end of a contract term. Many of the Company’s contracts with customers
outline various other promises to be performed in conjunction with the sale of product. The Company determined that these
promises provided are immaterial within the overall context of the respective contract, and as such has not allocated the
transaction price to these obligations.
In transactions for goods or services where the Company engages third-parties to participate in its order fulfillment process, it
evaluates whether it is the principal or an agent in the transaction. The Company’s analysis considers whether it controls the
goods or services before they are transferred to its customer, including an evaluation of whether the Company has the ability to
direct the use of, and obtain substantially all the remaining benefits from, the specified good or service before it is transferred to
the customer. Agent transactions primarily reflect circumstances where the Company is not involved in order fulfillment or
where it is involved in the order fulfillment but is not contractually obligated to purchase the related goods or services from
vendors, and instead extends wholesale customers credit by paying vendor trade accounts payable and does not control products
prior to their sale. Under ASC 606, if the Company determines that it is acting in an agent capacity, transactions are recorded on
a net basis. If the Company determines that it is acting in a principal capacity, transactions are recorded on a gross basis.
The Company also evaluates vendor sales incentives to determine whether they reduce the transaction price with its customers.
The Company’s analysis considers which party tenders the incentive, whether the incentive reflects a direct reimbursement
from a vendor, whether the incentive is influenced by or negotiated in conjunction with any other incentive arrangements and
whether the incentive is subject to an agency relationship with the vendor, whether expressed or implied. Typically, when
vendor incentives are offered directly by vendors to the Company’s customers, require the achievement of vendor-specified
requirements to be earned by customers, and are not negotiated by the Company or in conjunction with any other incentive
agreement whereby the Company does not control the direction or earning of these incentives, then Net sales are not reduced as
part of the Company’s determination of the transaction price. In circumstances where the vendors provide the Company
consideration to promote the sale of their goods and the Company determines the specific performance requirements for its
customers to earn these incentives, Net sales are reduced for these customer incentives as part of the determination of the
transaction price.
72
Certain customer agreements provide for the right to license one or more of the Company’s tradenames, such as FESTIVAL
FOODS®, SENTRY®, COUNTY MARKET®, NEWMARKET®, FOODLAND®, and SUPERVALU®. In addition, the
Company enters into franchise agreements to separately charge its customers, who the Company also sells wholesale products
to, for the right to use its CUB® tradename. The Company typically does not separately charge for the right to license its
tradenames. The Company believes that these tradenames are capable of being distinct, but are not distinct within the context of
the contracts with its customers. Accordingly, the Company does not separately recognize revenue related to tradenames
utilized by its customers.
The Company enters into distribution agreements with manufacturers to provide wholesale supplies to the Defense Commissary
Agency (“DeCA”) and other government agency locations. DeCA contracts with manufacturers to obtain grocery products for
the commissary system. The Company contracts with manufacturers to distribute products to the commissaries after being
authorized by the manufacturers to be a military distributor to DeCA. The Company must adhere to DeCA’s delivery system
procedures governing matters such as product identification, ordering and processing, information exchange and resolution of
discrepancies. DeCA identifies the manufacturer with which an order is to be placed, determines which distributor is contracted
by the manufacturer for a particular commissary or exchange location, and then places a product order with that distributor that
is covered under DeCA’s master contract with the applicable manufacturer. The Company supplies product from its existing
inventory, delivers it to the DeCA designated location, and bills the manufacturer for the product price plus a drayage fee. The
manufacturer then bills DeCA under the terms of its master contract. The Company has determined that it controls the goods
before they are transferred to the customer, and as such it is the principal in the transaction. Revenue is recognized on a gross
basis when control of the product passes to the DeCA designated location.
Customer incentives
The Company provides incentives to its wholesale customers in various forms established under the applicable agreement,
including advances, payments over time that are earned by achieving specified purchasing thresholds, and upon the passage of
time. The Company typically records customer advances within Other long-term assets and Prepaid expenses and other current
assets and typically recognizes customer incentive payments that are based on expected purchases over the term of the
agreement as a reduction to Net sales. To the extent that the transaction price for product sales includes variable consideration,
such as certain of these customer incentives, the Company estimates the amount of variable consideration that should be
included in the transaction price primarily by utilizing the expected value method. Variable consideration is included in the
transaction price if it is probable that a significant future reversal of cumulative revenue under the agreement will not occur.
The Company believes that there will not be significant changes to its estimates of variable consideration, as the uncertainty
will be resolved within a relatively short time and there is a significant amount of historical data that is used in the estimation of
the amount of variable consideration to be received. Therefore, the Company has not constrained its estimates of variable
consideration.
Customer incentive assets are reviewed for impairment when circumstances exist for which the Company no longer expects to
recover the applicable customer incentives.
Professional services and equipment sales
Separate from the services provided in conjunction with the sale of products described above, many of the Company’s
agreements with customers also include distinct professional services and other promises to customers, in addition to the sale of
the product itself, such as retail store support, advertising, store layout and design services, merchandising support, couponing,
eCommerce, network and data hosting solutions, training and certifications classes, and administrative back-office solutions.
These professional services may contain a single performance obligation for each respective service, in which case such
services revenues are recognized when delivered. Revenue from professional services are less than one percent of total Net
sales.
Wholesale equipment sales are recorded as direct sales to customers when shipped or delivered, consistent with the recognition
of product sales.
73
Disaggregation of Revenues
The Company records revenue to five customer channels within Net sales, which are described below:
•
•
•
•
•
Chains, which consists of customer accounts that typically have more than 10 operating stores and exclude stores
included within the Supernatural and Other channels defined below;
Independent retailers, which include smaller size accounts and include single store and multiple store locations, and
group purchasing entities, but are not classified within Chains above or Other discussed below;
Supernatural, which consists of chain accounts that are national in scope and carry primarily natural products, and
currently consists solely of Whole Foods Market;
Retail, which reflects our Retail segment, including the Cub Foods business and the remaining Shoppers locations,
excluding Shoppers locations that are held for sale within discontinued operations; and
Other, which includes international customers outside of Canada, foodservice, eCommerce, conventional military
business and other sales.
The following tables detail the Company’s net sales for the periods presented by customer channel for each of its segments. The
Company does not record its revenues within its Wholesale reportable segment for financial reporting purposes by product
group, and it is therefore impracticable for it to report them accordingly.
(in millions)
Customer Channel
Chains
Independent retailers
Supernatural
Retail
Other
Eliminations
Total
(in millions)
Customer Channel
Chains
Independent retailers
Supernatural
Retail
Other
Eliminations
Total
(in millions)
Customer Channel
Chains
Independent retailers
Supernatural
Retail
Other
Eliminations
Total
Wholesale
$
$
12,104 $
6,638
5,050
—
2,081
—
25,873 $
Wholesale
Net Sales for Fiscal 2021 (52 weeks)
Other
Eliminations(2)
Retail
Consolidated
— $
—
—
2,442
—
—
2,442 $
— $
—
—
—
219
—
219 $
— $
—
—
—
—
(1,584)
(1,584) $
12,104
6,638
5,050
2,442
2,300
(1,584)
26,950
Net Sales for Fiscal 2020(1) (52 weeks)
Other
Eliminations(2)
Retail
Consolidated
$
$
$
$
12,010 $
6,699
4,720
—
2,096
—
25,525 $
— $
—
—
2,375
—
—
2,375 $
— $
—
—
—
228
—
228 $
— $
—
—
—
—
(1,569)
(1,569) $
12,010
6,699
4,720
2,375
2,324
(1,569)
26,559
Wholesale
9,769 $
5,536
4,394
—
1,852
—
21,551 $
Net Sales for Fiscal 2019(1) (53 weeks)
Other
Retail
Eliminations(2)
Consolidated
— $
—
—
1,687
—
—
1,687 $
— $
—
—
—
235
—
235 $
— $
—
—
—
—
(1,132)
(1,132) $
9,769
5,536
4,394
1,687
2,087
(1,132)
22,341
(1)
In the first quarter of fiscal 2021, the presentation of net sales by customer channel was recast to present the Chains and Other
channel exclusive of the intercompany eliminations and present total eliminations separately. There was no impact to the
Consolidated Statements of Operations. The Company believes this modified basis better reflects its channel presentation, as it
further aligns with segment presentation.
(2) Eliminations primarily includes the net sales elimination of Wholesale’s sales to the Retail segment and the elimination of sales
from segments included within Other to Wholesale.
74
Whole Foods Market, Inc. was the Company’s largest customer in each fiscal year presented. Whole Foods Market, Inc.
accounted for approximately 19%, 18% and 20% of the Company’s net sales for fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
There were no other customers that individually generated 10% or more of the Company’s net sales during those periods.
The Company serves customers in the United States and Canada, as well as customers located in other countries. However, all
of the Company’s revenue is earned in the U.S. and Canada, and international distribution occurs through freight-forwarders.
The Company does not have any performance obligations on international shipments subsequent to delivery to the domestic
port.
Contract Balances
The Company does not typically incur costs that are required to be capitalized in connection with obtaining a contract with a
customer. The Company typically does not have any performance obligations to deliver products under its contracts until its
customers submit a purchase order, as it stands ready to deliver product upon receipt of a purchase order under contracts with
its customers. These performance obligations are generally satisfied within a very short period of time. Therefore, the Company
has utilized the practical expedient that provides an exemption from disclosure of the transaction price allocated to remaining
performance obligations if the performance obligation is part of a contract that has an original expected duration of one year or
less. The Company does not typically receive pre-payments from its customers.
Customer payments are due when control of goods or services are transferred to the customer and are typically not conditional
on anything other than payment terms, which typically are less than 30 days. Since no significant financing components exist
between the period of time the Company transfers goods or services to the customer and when it receives payment for those
goods or services, the Company generally does not adjust the transaction price to recognize a financing component. Customer
incentives are not considered contract assets as they are not generated through the transfer of goods or services to the
customers. No material contract asset or liability exists for any period reported within these Consolidated Financial Statements.
Accounts and Notes Receivable Balances
Accounts and notes receivable are as follows:
(in millions)
Customer accounts receivable
Allowance for uncollectible receivables
Other receivables, net
Accounts receivable, net
Notes receivable, net, included within Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Long-term notes receivable, net, included within Other long-term assets
July 31, 2021
August 1, 2020
$
$
$
$
1,115 $
1,157
(28)
16
(56)
19
1,103 $
1,120
7 $
15 $
49
26
The allowance for uncollectible receivables, and estimated variable consideration allowed for as sales concessions consists of
the following:
(in millions)
Balance at beginning of year
Impact of adoption of new credit loss standard
Provision for losses in Operating expenses
Reductions of Net sales
Write-offs charged against the allowance
Balance at end of year
2021
2020
2019
$
$
56 $
4
(9)
3
(26)
28 $
21 $
—
38
12
(15)
56 $
16
—
10
7
(12)
21
75
NOTE 4—RESTRUCTURING, ACQUISITION AND INTEGRATION RELATED EXPENSES
Restructuring, acquisition and integration related expenses were as follows:
(in millions)
2019 SUPERVALU INC. restructuring expenses
Restructuring and integration costs
Closed property charges and costs
Total
2019 SUPERVALU INC.
2021
2020
2019
$
$
— $
50
6
56 $
5 $
42
40
87 $
74
51
23
148
As part of its acquisition of Supervalu and in order to achieve synergies from this combination, the Company has taken certain
actions, which began during the first quarter of fiscal 2019 to: (i) review its organizational structure and the strategic needs of
the business going forward to identify and place talent with the appropriate skills, experience and qualifications to meet these
needs; and (ii) dispose of and exit certain Supervalu legacy retail operations, as efficiently and economically as possible in
order to focus on the Company’s core wholesale distribution business. Expenses related to this program primarily related to
actions associated the Company’s core cost-structure, which resulted in headcount reductions and other costs and charges.
Incremental and identifiable expenses associated with integrating the legacy companies operations and information technology
systems are reflected within integration costs, and asset impairments related to retail are included in closed property charges and
costs.
Restructuring and Integration Costs
Restructuring and integration costs for fiscal 2021 primarily relate to certain professional fees for advisory and transformational
activities. Fiscal 2020 restructuring and integration costs primarily relate to expenses associated with integrating and
consolidating distribution centers, certain professional fees for distribution center network and administrative integration
activities. Fiscal 2019 acquisition and integration costs primarily reflect transaction expenses and professional fees related to the
Supervalu acquisition.
Closed Property Charges and Costs
In fiscal 2021 and 2020, closed property charges relate to lease, and property and equipment asset impairments related to retail
stores, lease terminations of non-operating stores and distribution center consolidation. Closed property charges recorded in
fiscal 2019 primarily relate to retail stores and non-operating properties for which leases were terminated.
NOTE 5—PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET
Property and equipment, net consisted of the following:
(in millions)
Land
Buildings and improvements
Leasehold improvements
Equipment
Motor vehicles
Finance lease assets
Construction in progress
Property and equipment
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization
Property and equipment, net
Original
Estimated
Useful Lives
10 - 40 years
10 - 20 years
3 - 25 years
5 - 8 years
1 - 11 years
2021
2020
138 $
1,020
177
980
70
144
209
2,738
954
1,784 $
143
971
206
878
74
161
79
2,512
811
1,701
$
$
The Company capitalized $3 million, $5 million, and $3 million of interest during fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
76
Depreciation and amortization expense on property and equipment was $209 million, $198 million and $180 million for fiscal
2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
NOTE 6—GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS, NET
The Company has five goodwill reporting units: two of which represent separate operating segments and are aggregated within
the Wholesale reportable segment (U.S. Wholesale and Canada Wholesale); one separate Retail operating and reportable
segment and two of which are separate operating segments (Woodstock Farms and Blue Marble Brands) that do not meet the
criteria for being disclosed as separate reportable segments and are included in the Other segment. The Canada Wholesale
operating segment, which is aggregated with U.S. Wholesale, would not meet the quantitative thresholds for separate reporting
if it did not meet the aggregation criteria.
In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2021, the Company performed its annual goodwill qualitative impairment review and determined
that a quantitative impairment test was not required for any of its reporting units.
Fiscal 2020 Goodwill Impairment Reviews
During the first quarter of fiscal 2020, the Company changed its management structure and internal financial reporting, which
resulted in the requirement to combine the Supervalu Wholesale reporting unit and the legacy Company Wholesale reporting
unit into one U.S. Wholesale reporting unit, and experienced a further sustained decline in market capitalization and enterprise
value. As a result of the change in reporting units and the sustained decline in market capitalization and enterprise value, the
Company performed an interim quantitative impairment review of goodwill for the Wholesale reporting units, which included a
determination of the fair value of all reporting units.
The Company estimated the fair values of all reporting units using both the market approach, applying a multiple of earnings
based on observable multiples for guideline publicly traded companies, and the income approach, discounting projected future
cash flows based on management’s expectations of the current and future operating environment for each reporting unit. The
calculation of the impairment charge included substantial fact-based determinations and estimates including weighted average
cost of capital, future revenue, profitability, cash flows and fair values of assets and liabilities. The rates used to discount
projected future cash flows under the income approach reflect a weighted average cost of capital of 8.5%, which considered
observable data about guideline publicly traded companies, an estimated market participant’s expectations about capital
structure and risk premiums, including those reflected in the Company’s market capitalization. The Company confirmed the
reasonableness of the estimated reporting unit fair values by reconciling to its enterprise value and market capitalization. Based
on this analysis, the Company determined that the carrying value of its U.S. Wholesale reporting unit exceeded its fair value by
an amount that exceeded its assigned goodwill. As a result, the Company recorded a goodwill impairment charge of $422
million in the first quarter of fiscal 2020. The goodwill impairment charge is reflected in Goodwill impairment charges in the
Consolidated Statements of Operations. The goodwill impairment charge reflected the impairment of all of the U.S. Wholesale
reporting unit’s goodwill.
In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2020, the Company performed its annual goodwill qualitative impairment review and determined
that a quantitative impairment test was not required for any of its reporting units.
Fiscal 2019 Goodwill Impairment Reviews
During the first quarter of fiscal 2019, the Company experienced a decline in its stock price and market capitalization. During
the second quarter of fiscal 2019, the stock price continued to decline, and the decline in the stock price and market
capitalization became significant and sustained. Due to this sustained decline in stock price, the Company determined that it
was more likely than not that the carrying value of the Supervalu Wholesale reporting unit exceeded its fair value and
performed an interim quantitative impairment test of goodwill.
The Company estimated the fair values of all reporting units using both the market approach, applying a multiple of earnings
based on guidelines for publicly traded companies, and the income approach, discounting projected future cash flows based on
management’s expectations of the current and future operating environment for each reporting unit. The calculation of the
impairment charge includes substantial fact-based determinations and estimates including weighted average cost of capital,
future revenue, profitability, cash flows and fair values of assets and liabilities. The rates used to discount projected future cash
flows under the income approach reflect a weighted average cost of capital of 10%, which considered guidelines for publicly
traded companies, capital structure and risk premiums, including those reflected in the Company’s then-current market
capitalization. The Company confirmed the reasonableness of the estimated reporting unit fair values by reconciling those fair
values to its enterprise value and market capitalization. Based on this analysis, the Company determined that the carrying value
77
of its Supervalu Wholesale reporting unit exceeded its fair value by an amount that exceeded the assigned goodwill as of the
acquisition date. As a result, the Company recorded a goodwill impairment charge of $293 million in fiscal 2019, which reflects
the preliminary goodwill impairment charge recorded in the second quarter of fiscal 2019 and adjustments to the charge
recorded in the third and fourth quarters of fiscal 2019. The goodwill impairment charge adjustments recorded in the third and
fourth quarters of fiscal 2019 were attributable to changes in the preliminary fair value of net assets, most notably changes in
tax assets and liabilities, intangible assets and property and equipment, which affected the initial goodwill resulting from the
Supervalu acquisition. The goodwill impairment charge is reflected in Goodwill impairment charges in the Consolidated
Statements of Operations. The goodwill impairment charge reflects all of Supervalu Wholesale’s reporting unit goodwill, based
on preliminary acquisition date assigned fair values. The quantitative goodwill impairment review indicated that the estimated
fair value of the legacy Company Wholesale and Canada Wholesale reporting units were in excess of their carrying values by
over 20%. Other continuing operations reporting units were substantially in excess of their carrying value.
The goodwill impairment charge recorded in fiscal 2019 was subject to change based upon the final purchase price allocation
during the measurement period for estimated fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed from the Supervalu
acquisition. There were no material increases or decreases to the recorded goodwill impairment charge based upon the final
purchase price allocations.
In fiscal 2019, the Company performed quarterly reviews of the composition of its reporting units.
In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2019, the Company performed its annual goodwill qualitative impairment test and determined that
a quantitative impairment test was not required for any of its reporting units.
Goodwill and Intangible Assets Changes
Changes in the carrying value of Goodwill by reportable segment that have goodwill consisted of the following:
(in millions)
Goodwill as of August 3, 2019(1)(2)
Goodwill from current fiscal year business combinations
Impairment charge
Change in foreign exchange rates
Goodwill as of August 1, 2020(1)(2)
Change in foreign exchange rates
Goodwill as of July 31, 2021(1)(2)
Wholesale
Other
Total
$
$
432 $
1
(424)
1
10
—
10 $
10 $
—
—
—
10
—
10 $
442
1
(424)
1
20
—
20
(1) Wholesale amounts are net of accumulated goodwill impairment charges of $293 million, $717 million and $717 million for fiscal
2019, 2020 and 2021, respectively.
(2) Other amounts are net of accumulated goodwill impairment charges of $9 million, $10 million and $10 million for fiscal 2019, 2020
and 2021, respectively.
Identifiable intangible assets, net consisted of the following:
$
(in millions)
Amortizing intangible assets:
Customer relationships
Pharmacy prescription files
Non-compete agreements
Operating lease intangibles
Trademarks and tradenames
Total amortizing intangible assets
Indefinite lived intangible assets:
Trademarks and tradenames
Intangibles assets, net
$
2021
2020
Gross
Carrying
Amount
Accumulated
Amortization
Net
Gross
Carrying
Amount
Accumulated
Amortization
Net
1,007 $
33
—
7
84
1,131
56
1,187 $
234 $
773 $
13
—
4
45
296
20
—
3
39
835
1,007 $
33
13
8
84
1,145
—
296 $
56
891 $
56
1,201 $
173 $
8
12
4
34
231
—
231 $
834
25
1
4
50
914
56
970
78
Amortization expense was $78 million, $91 million and $70 million for fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The estimated
future amortization expense for each of the next five fiscal years and thereafter on definite lived intangible assets existing as of
July 31, 2021 is shown below:
Fiscal Year:
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
Thereafter
(In millions)
$
$
72
72
72
70
66
483
835
NOTE 7—FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
Recurring Fair Value Measurements
The following tables provide the fair value hierarchy for financial assets and liabilities measured on a recurring basis:
(In millions)
Assets:
Fuel derivatives designated as hedging
instruments
Mutual funds
Liabilities:
Consolidated Balance Sheets Location
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Other long-term assets
Foreign currency derivatives designated
as hedging instruments
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
Interest rate swaps designated as
hedging instruments
Interest rate swaps designated as
hedging instruments
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
Other long-term liabilities
(In millions)
Assets:
Mutual funds
Liabilities:
Interest rate swaps designated as
hedging instruments
Interest rate swaps designated as
hedging instruments
Interest Rate Swap Contracts
Consolidated Balance Sheets Location
Other long-term assets
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
Other long-term liabilities
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
Fair Value at July 31, 2021
Level 2
Level 3
Level 1
— $
2 $
1 $
— $
— $
1 $
— $
33 $
— $
42 $
—
—
—
—
—
Fair Value at August 1, 2020
Level 2
Level 3
Level 1
2 $
— $
—
— $
47 $
— $
92 $
—
—
The fair values of interest rate swap contracts are measured using Level 2 inputs. The interest rate swap contracts are valued
using an income approach interest rate swap valuation model incorporating observable market inputs including interest rates,
LIBOR swap rates and credit default swap rates. As of July 31, 2021, a 100 basis point increase in forward LIBOR interest rates
would increase the fair value of the interest rate swaps by approximately $31 million; a 100 basis point decrease in forward
LIBOR interest rates would decrease the fair value of the interest rate swaps by approximately $32 million. Refer to Note 8—
Derivatives for further information on interest rate swap contracts.
79
Mutual Funds
Mutual fund assets consist of balances held in investments to fund certain deferred compensation plans. The fair values of
mutual fund assets are based on quoted market prices of the mutual funds held by the plan at each reporting period. Mutual
funds traded in active markets are classified within Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy.
Fuel Supply Agreements and Derivatives
To reduce diesel price risk, the Company has entered into derivative financial instruments and/or forward purchase
commitments for a portion of our projected monthly diesel fuel requirements at fixed prices. The fair values of fuel derivative
agreements are measured using Level 2 inputs.
Foreign Exchange Derivatives
To reduce foreign exchange risk, the Company has entered into derivative financial instruments for a portion of our projected
monthly foreign currency requirements at fixed prices. The fair values of foreign exchange derivatives are measured using
Level 2 inputs.
Fair Value Estimates
For certain of the Company’s financial instruments including cash and cash equivalents, receivables, accounts payable, accrued
vacation, compensation and benefits, and other current assets and liabilities the fair values approximate carrying amounts due to
their short maturities. The fair value of notes receivable is estimated by using a discounted cash flow approach prior to
consideration for uncollectible amounts and is calculated by applying a market rate for similar instruments using Level 3 inputs.
The fair value of debt is estimated based on market quotes, where available, or market values for similar instruments, using
Level 2 and 3 inputs. In the table below, the carrying value of the Company’s long-term debt is net of original issue discounts
and debt issuance costs. Refer to Note 1—Significant Accounting Policies for additional information regarding the fair value
hierarchy.
(in millions)
Notes receivable, including current portion
Long-term debt, including current portion
NOTE 8—DERIVATIVES
Management of Interest Rate Risk
July 31, 2021
August 1, 2020
Carrying Value
$
$
29 $
2,188 $
Fair Value
Carrying Value
Fair Value
26 $
2,278 $
78 $
2,498 $
79
2,536
The Company enters into interest rate swap contracts from time to time to mitigate its exposure to changes in market interest
rates as part of its overall strategy to manage its debt portfolio to achieve an overall desired position of notional debt amounts
subject to fixed and floating interest rates. Interest rate swap contracts are entered into for periods consistent with related
underlying exposures and do not constitute positions independent of those exposures. The Company’s interest rate swap
contracts are designated as cash flow hedges. Interest rate swap contracts are reflected at their fair values in the Consolidated
Balance Sheets. Refer to Note 7—Fair Value Measurements of Financial Instruments for further information on the fair value
of interest rate swap contracts.
80
Details of active swap contracts as of July 31, 2021, which are all pay fixed and receive floating, are as follows:
Effective Date
August 3, 2015(1)
October 26, 2018
January 11, 2019
January 23, 2019
November 16, 2018
January 23, 2019
November 30, 2018
October 26, 2018
January 11, 2019
January 23, 2019
November 30, 2018
January 11, 2019
January 24, 2019
October 26, 2018
November 16, 2018
November 16, 2018
January 24, 2019
Swap Maturity
August 15, 2022
October 31, 2022
October 31, 2022
October 31, 2022
March 31, 2023
March 31, 2023
September 30, 2023
October 31, 2023
March 28, 2024
March 28, 2024
October 31, 2024
October 31, 2024
October 31, 2024
October 22, 2025
October 22, 2025
October 22, 2025
October 22, 2025
Notional Value
(in millions)
Pay Fixed Rate Receive Floating Rate(2)
$
$
33
100
50
50
150
50
50
100
100
100
100
100
50
50
50
50
50
1,233
1.7950 % One-Month LIBOR
2.8915 % One-Month LIBOR
2.4678 % One-Month LIBOR
2.5255 % One-Month LIBOR
2.8950 % One-Month LIBOR
2.5292 % One-Month LIBOR
2.8315 % One-Month LIBOR
2.9210 % One-Month LIBOR
2.4770 % One-Month LIBOR
2.5420 % One-Month LIBOR
2.8480 % One-Month LIBOR
2.5010 % One-Month LIBOR
2.5210 % One-Month LIBOR
2.9550 % One-Month LIBOR
2.9590 % One-Month LIBOR
2.9580 % One-Month LIBOR
2.5558 % One-Month LIBOR
Floating Rate
Reset Terms
Monthly
Monthly
Monthly
Monthly
Monthly
Monthly
Monthly
Monthly
Monthly
Monthly
Monthly
Monthly
Monthly
Monthly
Monthly
Monthly
Monthly
(1) The swap contract has an amortizing notional principal amount which is reduced by $1 million on a quarterly basis.
(2) For these swap contracts that are indexed to LIBOR, the Company is monitoring and evaluating risks related to the expected future
cessation of LIBOR.
In fiscal 2021, in order to reduce its exposure to pay fixed and receive floating interest rate swap contracts due to lower levels
of debt balances with floating interest rates, the Company paid $6 million to terminate certain outstanding interest rate swaps
with a notional amount of $250 million. In addition, in fiscal 2021, in conjunction with the $500 million fixed rate senior
unsecured notes offering described below in Note 9—Long-Term Debt, the Company paid $11 million to terminate or novate
certain outstanding interest rate swaps with a notional amount of $504 million and certain forward starting interest rate swaps
with a notional amount of $450 million. The payments equaled the fair value of the interest rate swaps at the time of their
termination or novation. No gain or loss was recorded as a result of the swap termination and novations. Since the hedged
interest payments remain probable of occurring, the unrecognized gains and losses that existed as of the early termination or
novation of these interest rate swap agreements will be amortized out of Accumulated other comprehensive loss and into
Interest expense, net over the remaining period of the original terminated or novated interest rate swap agreements. If any of the
hedged interest payments were not probable of occurring, then a charge representing an accelerated amortization of the
unrecognized gains and losses would be recorded. Cash payments resulting from the termination or novation of interest rate
swaps are classified as operating activities in the Company’s Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.
The Company performs an initial quantitative assessment of hedge effectiveness using the “Hypothetical Derivative Method” in
the period in which the hedging transaction is entered. Under this method, the Company assesses the effectiveness of each
hedging relationship by comparing the changes in cash flows of the derivative hedging instrument with the changes in cash
flows of the designated hedged transactions. In future reporting periods, the Company performs a qualitative analysis for
quarterly prospective and retrospective assessments of hedge effectiveness. The Company also monitors the risk of counterparty
default on an ongoing basis and noted that the counterparties are reputable financial institutions. The entire change in the fair
value of the derivative is initially reported in Other comprehensive income (outside of earnings) in the Consolidated Statements
of Comprehensive Income and subsequently reclassified to earnings in Interest expense, net in the Consolidated Statements of
Operations when the hedged transactions affect earnings.
81
The location and amount of gains or losses recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Operations for interest rate swap
contracts for each of the periods, presented on a pretax basis, are as follows:
(In millions)
Total amounts of expense line items presented in the Consolidated
Statements of Operations in which the effects of cash flow hedges are
recorded
Loss on cash flow hedging relationships:
Loss reclassified from comprehensive income into earnings
(Loss) gain on interest rate swap contracts not designated as hedging
instruments:
(Loss) gain recognized in earnings
NOTE 9—LONG-TERM DEBT
The Company’s long-term debt consisted of the following:
Interest Expense, net
2020
2019
2021
$
$
$
204 $
192 $
181
(46) $
(25) $
— $
— $
—
—
Average
Interest Rate at
July 31, 2021
3.59%
1.52%
6.75%
5.16%
Fiscal Maturity
Year
2026
2024
2029
2024-2025
(in millions)
Term Loan Facility
ABL Credit Facility
Senior Notes
Other secured loans
Debt issuance costs, net
Original issue discount on debt
Long-term debt, including current portion
Less: current portion of long-term debt
Long-term debt
July 31, 2021
$
August 1, 2020
1,773
757
—
50
(46)
(36)
2,498
(71)
2,427
1,002 $
701
500
37
(35)
(17)
2,188
(13)
2,175 $
Future maturities of long-term debt, excluding debt issuance costs and original issue and purchase accounting discounts on
debt, and contractual interest payments based on the face value and applicable interest rate as of July 31, 2021, consist of the
following (in millions):
$
$
Long-term
debt maturity
$
Interest on
long-term debt
82
79
76
70
42
85
434
14 $
14
709
1
1,002
500
2,240 $
Fiscal Year
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027 and thereafter
Refinancing Activities
On August 14, 2020, the Company executed a third amendment to its revolving credit agreement dated as of August 30, 2018,
(as amended, the “ABL Loan Agreement”), which provides for, among other things, (i) adding certain assets to the Borrowing
Base (as defined below), (ii) increasing the Company’s capacity to issue letters of credit under the facility, and (iii) other
administrative changes. On February 11, 2021, the Company entered into an amendment to its secured term loan agreement,
dated as of October 22, 2018, as amended (the “Term Loan Agreement”). The amendment provides for, among other things, (i)
the reduction of the applicable margin for LIBOR loans from 4.25% to 3.50% and the applicable margin for base rate loans
from 3.25% to 2.50%, (ii) the appointment of a replacement administrative and collateral agent, and (iii) other administrative
changes. The amendments did not change the aggregate amounts or maturity dates of either credit facility.
82
During fiscal 2021, the Company prepaid an aggregate of $771 million under the Term Loan Facility (defined below),
including: (i) a $500 million prepayment funded primarily by the net proceeds from the issuance of the Senior Notes (defined
below); (ii) voluntary prepayments of $186 million funded with incremental borrowings under the ABL Credit Facility (defined
below) that reduces its interest costs; (iii) a $72 million prepayment related to the material cash flow generation in fiscal 2020,
as required under the Term Loan Agreement (as described below); and (iv) $13 million of prepayments with asset sale
proceeds. In connection with the prepayments, the Company incurred losses on debt extinguishment related to unamortized debt
issuance costs and unamortized original issue discount of $15 million and $15 million, respectively, which were recorded
within Interest expense, net in the Consolidated Statements of Operations in fiscal 2021.
Senior Notes
On October 22, 2020, the Company issued $500 million of unsecured 6.750% senior notes due October 15, 2028 (the “Senior
Notes”). The Senior Notes are guaranteed by each of the Company’s subsidiaries that are borrowers under or that guarantee the
ABL Credit Facility (defined below) or the Term Loan Facility (defined below). The net proceeds from the offering of the
Senior Notes, together with borrowings under the ABL Credit Facility (defined below), were used to repay $500 million of the
amounts outstanding under the Term Loan Facility (defined below) and for the payment of all financing costs related to the
offering of the Senior Notes. Financing costs of $9 million were paid and capitalized in fiscal 2021.
ABL Credit Facility
The ABL Loan Agreement by and among the Company and United Natural Foods West, Inc. (together with the Company, the
“U.S. Borrowers”) and UNFI Canada, Inc. (the “Canadian Borrower” and, together with the U.S. Borrowers, the “Borrowers”),
the financial institutions that are parties thereto as lenders (collectively, the “ABL Lenders”), Bank of America, N.A. as
administrative agent for the ABL Lenders, Bank of America, N.A. (acting through its Canada branch), as Canadian agent for
the ABL Lenders, and the other parties thereto, provides for a secured asset-based revolving credit facility (the “ABL Credit
Facility” and the loans thereunder, the “ABL Loans”), of which up to (i) $2.05 billion is available to the U.S. Borrowers and (ii)
$50 million is available to the Canadian Borrower. The ABL Loan Agreement also provides for (i) a $300 million sublimit of
availability for letters of credit of which there is a further $25 million sublimit for the Canadian Borrower. The ABL Credit
Facility replaced the Company’s $900 million prior asset-based revolving credit facility. In addition, $1.5 billion of proceeds
from the ABL Credit Facility were drawn to finance the Supervalu acquisition and related transaction costs.
Under the ABL Loan Agreement, the Borrowers may, at their option, increase the aggregate amount of the ABL Credit Facility
in an amount of up to $600 million without the consent of any ABL Lenders not participating in such increase, subject to
certain customary conditions and applicable lenders committing to provide the increase in funding. There is no assurance that
additional funding would be available.
The Borrowers’ obligations under the ABL Credit Facility are guaranteed by most of the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiaries
(collectively, the “Guarantors”), subject to customary exceptions and limitations. The Borrowers’ obligations under the ABL
Credit Facility and the Guarantors’ obligations under the related guarantees are secured by (i) a first-priority lien on all of the
Borrowers’ and Guarantors’ accounts receivable, inventory and certain other assets arising therefrom or related thereto
(including substantially all of their deposit accounts, collectively, the “ABL Assets”) and (ii) a second-priority lien on all of the
Borrowers’ and Guarantors’ assets that do not constitute ABL Assets, in each case, subject to customary exceptions and
limitations.
Availability under the ABL Credit Facility is subject to a borrowing base (the “Borrowing Base”), which is based on 90% of
eligible accounts receivable, plus 90% of eligible credit card receivables, plus 90% of the net orderly liquidation value of
eligible inventory, plus 90% of eligible pharmacy receivables, plus certain pharmacy prescription files availability of the
Borrowers, after adjusting for customary reserves, but at no time shall exceed the lesser of the aggregate commitments under
the ABL Credit Facility (currently $2,100 million) or the Borrowing Base.
The assets included in the Consolidated Balance Sheets securing the outstanding obligations under the ABL Credit Facility on a
first-priority basis, and the unused credit and fees under the ABL Credit Facility, were as follows:
Assets securing the ABL Credit Facility (in millions)(1):
Certain inventory assets included in Inventories, net and Current assets of discontinued
operations
Certain receivables included in Accounts receivable, net and Current assets of discontinued
operations
July 31, 2021
August 1, 2020
$
$
2,297 $
2,271
1,041 $
1,078
83
(1) The ABL Credit Facility is also secured by all of the Company’s pharmacy prescription files, which are included in Intangibles, net
in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Refer to Note 6—Goodwill and Intangible Assets, Net in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report
on Form 10-K for additional information.
As of July 31, 2021, the U.S. Borrowers’ Borrowing Base, net of $175 million of reserves, was $2,218 million, which is above
the $2.05 billion limit of availability to the U.S. Borrowers under the ABL Credit Facility. As of July 31, 2021, the Canadian
Borrower’s Borrowing Base, net of $5 million of reserves, was $49 million, which is below the $50 million limit of availability
to the Canadian Borrower under the ABL Credit facility, resulting in total availability of $2,099 million for ABL Loans and
letters of credit under the ABL Credit Facility. As of July 31, 2021, the U.S. Borrowers had $701 million of ABL Loans and the
Canadian Borrower had no ABL Loans outstanding under the ABL Credit Facility, which are presented net of debt issuance
costs of $8 million and are included in Long-term debt on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. As of July 31, 2021, the U.S.
Borrowers had $118 million in letters of credit and the Canadian Borrower had no letters of credit outstanding under the ABL
Credit Facility. The Company’s resulting remaining availability under the ABL Credit Facility was $1,280 million as of
July 31, 2021.
ABL availability (in millions):
Total availability for ABL Loans and letters of credit
ABL Loans
Letters of credit
Unused credit
July 31, 2021
$
$
$
$
2,099
701
118
1,280
The applicable interest rates, letter of credit fees and unutilized commitment fees under the ABL Credit Facility are variable and
are dependent upon the prior fiscal quarter’s daily Average Availability (as defined in the ABL Agreement), and were as
follows:
Interest rates and fees under the ABL Credit Facility:
U.S. and Canadian Borrowers’ applicable margin for base rate loans
U.S. and Canadian Borrowers’ applicable margin for LIBOR and BA loans(1)
Unutilized commitment fees
Letter of credit fees
Range of Facility Rates and
Fees (per annum)
0.00% - 0.50%
1.00% - 1.50%
0.25% - 0.375%
1.125% - 1.625%
July 31, 2021
0.25 %
1.25 %
0.25 %
1.375 %
(1) The U.S. Borrowers utilize LIBOR-based loans and the Canadian Borrower utilizes bankers’ acceptance rate-based loans.
The ABL Loan Agreement contains provisions for the establishment of an alternative rate of interest in the event that LIBOR is
no longer available.
The ABL Loan Agreement subjects the Company to a fixed charge coverage ratio (as defined in the ABL Loan Agreement) of
at least 1.0 to 1.0 calculated at the end of each fiscal quarter on a rolling four quarter basis when the adjusted aggregate
availability (as defined in the ABL Loan Agreement) is less than the greater of (i) $235 million and (ii) 10% of the aggregate
borrowing base. The Company has not been subject to the fixed charge coverage ratio covenant under the ABL Loan
Agreement, including through the filing date of this Annual Report.
Term Loan Facility
The Term Loan Agreement, by and among the Company and Supervalu (collectively, the “Term Borrowers”), the financial
institutions that are parties thereto as lenders (collectively, the “ Term Lenders”), Credit Suisse, as administrative agent for the
Lenders, and the other parties thereto, provides for senior secured first lien term loans in an aggregate principal amount of
$1,950 million, primarily consisting of a $1,800 million seven-year tranche (the “Term Loan Facility”). The entire amount of
the net proceeds from the Term Loan Facility, which included a $150 million 364-day tranche that was repaid in fiscal 2020,
was used to finance the Supervalu acquisition and related transaction costs.
The loans under the Term Loan Facility will be payable in full on October 22, 2025, as the extension requirement related to the
Company’s distribution agreement with Whole Foods Market Distribution, Inc. was satisfied during fiscal 2021.
Under the Term Loan Agreement, the Company may, at its option, increase the amount of the Term Loan Facility, add one or
more additional tranches of term loans or add one or more additional tranches of revolving credit commitments, without the
consent of any Term Lenders not participating in such additional borrowings, up to an aggregate amount of $656 million plus
84
additional amounts based on satisfaction of certain leverage ratio tests, subject to certain customary conditions and applicable
lenders committing to provide the additional funding. There can be no assurance that additional funding would be available.
The obligations under the Term Loan Facility are guaranteed by the Guarantors, subject to customary exceptions and
limitations. The Term Borrowers’ obligations under the Term Loan Facility and the Guarantors’ obligations under the related
guarantees are secured by (i) a first-priority lien on substantially all of the Term Borrowers’ and the Guarantors’ assets other
than the ABL Assets and (ii) a second-priority lien on substantially all of the Term Borrowers’ and the Guarantors’ ABL
Assets, in each case, subject to customary exceptions and limitations, including an exception for owned real property with net
book values of less than $10 million. As of July 31, 2021 and August 1, 2020, there was $676 million and $600 million,
respectively, of owned real property pledged as collateral that was included in Property and equipment, net in the Consolidated
Balance Sheets.
The loans under the Term Loan Facility may be voluntarily prepaid, subject to certain minimum payment thresholds and the
payment of breakage or other similar costs. Under the Term Loan Facility, the Company is required, subject to certain
exceptions and customary reinvestment rights, to apply 100 percent of Net Cash Proceeds (as defined in the Term Loan
Agreement) from certain types of asset sales to prepay the loans outstanding under the Term Loan Facility. Commencing with
the fiscal year ending August 1, 2020, the Company must also prepay loans outstanding under the Term Loan Facility no later
than 130 days after the fiscal year end in an aggregate principal amount equal to a specified percentage (which percentage
ranges from 0 to 75 percent depending on the Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio of Excess Cash Flow (as defined in
the Term Loan Agreement as of the last day of such fiscal year), minus any voluntary prepayments made during such fiscal year
of the loans under the Term Loan Facility, the ABL Credit Facility (to the extent they permanently reduce commitments under
the ABL Facility) and certain other indebtedness. Based on the Company’s Excess Cash Flow in fiscal 2020, a $72 million
prepayment was required and paid in fiscal 2021 (as described above). Based on the Company’s Consolidated First Lien Net
Leverage Ratio at the end of fiscal 2021, no prepayment from Excess Cash Flow in fiscal 2021 is required to be made in fiscal
2022.
As of July 31, 2021, the borrowings under the Term Loan Facility bear interest at rates that, at the Term Borrowers’ option, can
be either: (i) a base rate plus a margin of 2.50% or (ii) a LIBOR rate plus a margin of 3.50%; provided that the LIBOR rate shall
never be less than 0.0%. The Term Loan Agreement contains provisions for the establishment of an alternative rate of interest
in the event that LIBOR is no longer available.
As of July 31, 2021, the Company had borrowings of $1,002 million outstanding under the Term Loan Facility, which are
presented net of debt issuance costs of $18 million and an original issue discount on debt of $17 million. As of July 31, 2021,
no amount of the Term Loan Facility was classified as current.
The Company’s Senior Notes, ABL Credit Facility and Term Loan Facility contain covenants customary for debt securities and
credit facilities of these types, that limit the ability of the Company and its restricted subsidiaries to, among other things, incur
debt, declare or pay dividends or make other distributions to stockholders of the Company, transfer or sell assets, create liens on
our assets, engage in transactions with affiliates, and merge, consolidate or sell all or substantially all of the assets of the
Company and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis. These debt securities and credit facilities also contain other customary
affirmative and negative covenants, representations and warranties, and events of default. If an event of default occurs and is
continuing, the Company may be required to immediately repay all amounts outstanding under these debt arrangements. The
Company was in compliance with all such covenants for all periods presented, including through the filing date of this Annual
Report.
85
NOTE 10—COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) AND ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS
Changes in Accumulated other comprehensive loss by component, net of tax, for fiscal 2021, fiscal 2020 and fiscal 2019 are as
follows:
(in millions)
Other Cash
Flow
Derivatives
Benefit
Plans
Foreign
Currency
Swap
Agreements
Total
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income at July 28, 2018
$
— $
— $
(19) $
5 $
Other comprehensive loss before reclassifications
Amortization of cash flow hedge
Net current period Other comprehensive loss
—
—
—
(33)
—
(33)
(1)
—
(1)
(61)
—
(61)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss at August 3, 2019
$
— $
(33) $
(20) $
(56) $
Other comprehensive loss before reclassifications
Amortization of amounts included in net periodic benefit income
Amortization of cash flow hedges
Settlement charge
Net current period Other comprehensive loss
—
—
—
—
—
(89)
(3)
—
9
(83)
(1)
—
—
—
(1)
(64)
—
18
—
(46)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss at August 1, 2020
$
— $
(116) $
(21) $
(102) $
Other comprehensive income before reclassifications
Amortization of amounts included in net periodic benefit income
Amortization of cash flow hedges
Settlement gain
Net current period Other comprehensive income
1
—
(1)
—
—
167
(2)
—
(12)
153
5
—
—
—
5
8
—
34
—
42
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at July 31, 2021
$
— $
37 $
(16) $
(60) $
(14)
(95)
—
(95)
(109)
(154)
(3)
18
9
(130)
(239)
181
(2)
33
(12)
200
(39)
Items reclassified out of Accumulated other comprehensive loss had the following impact on the Consolidated Statements of
Operations:
(in millions)
2021
2020
2019
Pension and postretirement benefit plan obligations:
Amortization of amounts included in net periodic
benefit income(1)
$
(1) $
(3) $
Settlement (gain) charge
Total reclassifications
Income tax expense (benefit)
Total reclassifications, net of tax
Swap agreements:
Reclassification of cash flow hedge
Income tax benefit
Total reclassifications, net of tax
Other cash flow hedges:
Reclassification of cash flow hedge
Income tax expense
Total reclassifications, net of tax
(17)
(18)
4
11
8
(2)
(14) $
6 $
46 $
25 $
(12)
(7)
34 $
18 $
(1) $
— $
—
—
(1) $
— $
$
$
$
$
$
Affected Line Item on the Consolidated
Statements of Operations
Net periodic benefit income,
excluding service cost
Net periodic benefit income,
excluding service cost
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
Interest expense, net
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
Cost of sales
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(1) Reclassification of amounts included in net periodic benefit income include reclassification of prior service benefit and
reclassification of net actuarial loss as reflected in Note 13—Benefit Plans.
86
As of July 31, 2021, the Company expects to reclassify $40 million related to unrealized derivative losses out of Accumulated
other comprehensive loss and primarily into Interest expense, net during the following twelve-month period.
NOTE 11—LEASES
The Company leases certain of its distribution centers, retail stores, office facilities, transportation equipment, and other
operating equipment from third parties. Many of these leases include renewal options. The Company’s lease agreements do not
contain any material residual value guarantees or material restrictive covenants.
Lease assets and liabilities, net, are as follows (in millions):
Lease Type
Consolidated Balance Sheets Location
July 31, 2021
August 1, 2020
Operating lease assets
Finance lease assets
Total lease assets
Operating liabilities
Finance liabilities
Operating liabilities
Finance liabilities
Total lease liabilities
Operating lease assets
Property and equipment, net
Current portion of operating lease liabilities
Current portion of long-term debt and finance lease
liabilities
Long-term operating lease liabilities
Long-term finance lease liabilities
$
$
$
1,064 $
112
1,176 $
135 $
107
962
35
983
129
1,112
131
12
874
143
$
1,239 $
1,160
Lease assets and liabilities presented in the table above include lease contracts related to our discontinued operations, as the
Company expects to remain primarily obligated under these leases.
The Company’s lease cost under ASC 842 is as follows (in millions):
Lease Expense Type
Consolidated Statements of Operations Location
2021
2020
Operating lease cost
Short-term lease cost
Variable lease cost
Sublease income
Sublease income
Other sublease income, net
Net operating lease cost(1)
Amortization of leased assets
Interest on lease liabilities
Finance lease cost
Total net lease cost
Operating expenses
Operating expenses
Operating expenses
Operating expenses
Net sales
Restructuring, acquisition and integration related
expenses(2)
Operating expenses
Interest expense, net
$
229 $
29
64
(8)
(20)
(3)
291
13
19
32
$
323 $
223
31
151
(3)
(23)
(5)
374
16
12
28
402
(1) Rent expense as presented here includes $2 million and $6 million in fiscal 2021 and 2020 of operating lease rent expense related to
stores within discontinued operations, but for which GAAP requires the expense to be included within continuing operations, as the
Company expects to remain primarily obligated under these leases. Rent expense as presented here also includes immaterial
amounts of variable lease expense of discontinued operations.
(2)
Includes $31 million and $36 million of lease expense in fiscal 2021 and 2020 and $(33) million and $(41) million of lease income
in fiscal 2021 and 2020 that is recorded within Restructuring, acquisition and integration related expenses for assigned leases related
to previously sold locations and surplus, non-operating properties for which the Company is restructuring its obligations.
The Company leases certain of its distribution centers and leases most of its retail stores, and leases certain office facilities and
equipment from third parties. Many of these leases include renewal options and, in certain instances, also include options to
purchase. Rent expense, other operating lease expense and subtenant rentals all under operating leases included within
Operating expenses, and subtenant rentals under operating leases with customers included within Net sales, consisted of the
following. Rent expense as presented below under ASC 840 excludes variable lease rent that is included in total net lease cost
under ASC 842 in the table above.
87
(in millions)
Rent expense(1)
Less subtenant rentals recorded in Net sales
Less subtenant rentals recorded in Operating expenses
Total net rent expense
2019
212
(17)
(14)
181
$
$
(1) Rent expense as presented in fiscal 2019 includes $10 million of operating lease rent expense related to stores within discontinued
operations, but for which GAAP requires the expense to be included within continuing operations, as we expect to remain primarily
obligated under these leases.
On October 23, 2018, the Company received $101 million in aggregate proceeds, excluding taxes and closing costs, for the sale
and leaseback of its final distribution center of eight distribution center sale-leaseback transactions entered into by Supervalu in
April 2018. On October 26, 2018, the Company received $49 million in aggregate proceeds, excluding taxes and closing costs,
for the sale and leaseback of a separate distribution center under an agreement entered into by Supervalu in March 2018, as
amended. Both distribution center sale-leasebacks qualified for sale accounting, with the lease-backs being classified as
operating leases. No gain or loss was recognized or deferred on the sale of these facilities, as the fair value of these facilities as
of the Supervalu acquisition date was determined to be equal to their contractual sale–leaseback amounts.
In fiscal 2019, the Company entered into a lease for a new distribution facility in California for approximately 1.2 million
square feet. The Company had identified two buildings on the same distribution center campus: one in which it was deemed the
accounting owner due to construction activity and another for which it was a lessee. Upon the adoption of ASC 842, the
Company continued to account for the building as if it was the accounting owner of due to ongoing construction activity. On
February 24, 2020, the Company executed a purchase option to acquire the entire distribution center campus which is expected
to close in fiscal 2022. Upon execution of the purchase option, the previously constructed facility accounted for as an operating
lease has been re-classified as a finance lease. Upon completion of the construction in fiscal 2020, the Company did not qualify
for sale accounting on the other building due to the outstanding purchase option.
The Company leases certain property to third parties and receives lease and subtenant rental payments under operating leases,
including assigned leases for which the Company has future minimum lease payment obligations. Future minimum lease
payments (“Lease Liabilities”) include payments to be made by the Company or certain third parties in the case of assigned
noncancellable operating leases and finance leases. Future minimum lease and subtenant rentals (“Lease Receipts”) include
expected cash receipts from operating subleases, and in the case of assigned noncancellable leases receipts for stores sold to
third parties, which they operate. As of July 31, 2021, these Lease Liabilities and Lease Receipts consisted of the following (in
millions):
Fiscal Year
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
Thereafter
Total undiscounted lease liabilities
and receipts
Less interest(3)
Present value of lease liabilities
Less current lease liabilities
Long-term lease liabilities
Lease Liabilities
Lease Receipts
Operating
Leases(1)
Finance
Leases(2)
Operating
Leases
Finance
Leases
Net Lease Obligations
Finance
Leases
Operating
Leases
(53) $
(44)
(35)
(24)
(14)
(34)
— $
—
—
—
—
—
168 $
170
160
130
104
928
(204) $
— $
1,660 $
118
14
13
8
4
2
159
$
$
$
221 $
214
195
154
118
962
1,864 $
(767)
1,097
(135)
962 $
118 $
14
13
8
4
2
159 $
(17)
142
(107)
35
(1) Operating lease payments include $4 million related to extension options that are reasonably certain of being exercised and exclude
$52 million of legally binding minimum lease payments for leases signed but not yet commenced.
(2) This table excludes a $55 million payment related to a facility the Company is deemed the accounting owner, which is recognized
as a residual obligation, and is subject to an underlying lease.
(3) Calculated using the interest rate for each lease.
88
The following tables provide other information required by ASC 842:
Lease Term and Discount Rate
Weighted-average remaining lease term (years)
Operating leases
Finance leases
Weighted-average discount rate
Operating leases
Finance leases
Other Information
(in millions)
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities
Operating cash flows from operating leases
Operating cash flows from finance leases
Financing cash flows from finance leases
Leased assets obtained in exchange for new finance lease liabilities
Leased assets obtained in exchange for new operating lease liabilities
NOTE 12—SHARE-BASED AWARDS
July 31, 2021
August 1, 2020
10.7 years
2.0 years
10.4 years
3.1 years
9.7 %
8.7 %
10.6 %
8.8 %
2021
2020
$
220 $
12
9
—
263
231
9
20
93
195
As of July 31, 2021, the Company has restricted stock awards and performance share units and stock options under four equity
incentive plans: the 2002 Stock Incentive Plan; the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended; the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, as
amended and restated; and the Amended and Restated 2020 Equity Incentive Plan. The terms of each stock-based award will be
determined by the Board of Directors or the Compensation Committee thereof. During fiscal 2021, the Company authorized for
issuance and registered an additional 3.6 million shares of common stock under the Amended and Restated 2020 Equity
Incentive Plan. As of July 31, 2021, the Company has 3.9 million shares authorized and available for grant under the Amended
and Restated 2020 Equity Incentive Plan. The authorization for new grants under the 2002 Plan, 2004 Plan and 2012 Equity
Incentive Plan has expired.
Share-Based Compensation Expense
The following table presents information regarding share-based compensation expenses and the related tax impacts:
(in millions)
Restricted stock awards
Supervalu replacement awards(1)
Performance-based share awards
Share-based compensation expense recorded in Operating expenses
Income tax benefit
Share-based compensation expense, net of tax
Share-based compensation expense recorded in Restructuring, acquisition
and integration related expenses(2)
Income tax benefit
Share-based compensation expense recorded in Restructuring, acquisition
and integration related expenses, net of tax
(1) Amounts are derived primarily from liability classified awards.
2021
2020
2019
$
$
$
$
36 $
5
8
49
(13)
36 $
1 $
—
1 $
23 $
9
2
34
(9)
25 $
1 $
—
1 $
23
14
3
40
(10)
30
33
(9)
24
(2)
Includes equity classified awards of $1 million for fiscal 2021, liability classified awards of $1 million for fiscal 2020, and liability
classified awards of $32 million and equity classified awards of $1 million for fiscal 2019.
89
Vesting requirements for awards are generally at the discretion of the Company’s Board of Directors, or the Compensation
Committee thereof. Time-based vesting awards for employees typically vest in three or four equal installments. The Board of
Directors has adopted a policy in connection with the 2020 Equity Incentive Plan that sets forth grant, vesting and settlement
dates for equity awards, a one-year vesting period for awards issued to non-employee directors, and a three-year equal
installment vesting period for designated employee restricted stock awards. Performance awards have a three-year cliff vest,
subject to achievement of the performance objective. As of July 31, 2021, there was $41 million of total unrecognized
compensation cost related to outstanding share-based compensation arrangements (including stock options, restricted stock
units, Supervalu replacement awards and performance-based restricted stock units). Unrecognized compensation cost related to
Replacement Options is de minimis. This cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.8 years.
Restricted Stock Awards
The fair value of restricted stock units and performance share units are determined based on the number of units granted and the
quoted price of the Company’s common stock as of the grant date. The following summary presents information regarding
restricted stock units, Supervalu replacement awards and performance stock units:
Outstanding at July 28, 2018
Supervalu replacement awards
Granted
Vested
Forfeited/Canceled
Outstanding at August 3, 2019
Granted
Vested
Forfeited/Canceled
Outstanding at August 1, 2020
Granted
Vested
Forfeited/Canceled
Outstanding at July 31, 2021
Number
of Shares
(in millions)
Weighted
Average
Grant-Date
Fair Value
1.3 $
4.3
1.7
(2.0)
(0.9)
4.4
6.0
(1.0)
(2.0)
7.4
2.4
(2.6)
(0.4)
6.8 $
41.78
32.50
23.30
34.81
30.83
31.11
7.67
20.59
12.39
18.54
17.55
19.94
24.11
17.33
(in millions)
Intrinsic value of restricted stock units vested
2021
2020
2019
$
51 $
21 $
36
Performance-Based Share Awards
During fiscal 2021, the Company granted 0.5 million performance share units to its executives (subject to the issuance of up to
0.3 million additional shares if the Company’s performance exceeds specified targeted levels) with a weighted average grant-
date fair value of $18.19. These performance units are tied to fiscal 2021, 2022 and 2023 performance metrics, including
adjusted EPS growth, adjusted return on invested capital (“ROIC”) and adjusted EBITDA leverage. No performance share units
granted in fiscal 2021 were forfeited during the current year.
During fiscal 2020, the Company granted 1.0 million performance share units to its executives (subject to the issuance of up to
1.0 million additional shares if the Company’s performance exceeds specified targeted levels) with a weighted average grant-
date fair value of $8.07. These performance units are tied to fiscal 2020, 2021 and 2022 performance metrics, including
adjusted EPS growth, ROIC and adjusted EBITDA leverage. No performance share units granted in fiscal 2020 were forfeited
during the current year.
90
During fiscal 2019, the Company granted 0.3 million performance share units to its executives (subject to the issuance of up to
0.3 million additional shares if the Company’s performance exceeds specified targeted levels) with a weighted average grant-
date fair value of $22.56. These performance units were tied to fiscal 2020 performance metrics, including adjusted EBITDA
and ROIC. During fiscal 2020, 0.3 million of performance share units expired, and as of August 1, 2020, 0.1 million
performance share units have been earned and were issued in fiscal 2021.
Stock Options
The Company did not grant stock options in fiscal 2021, 2020 or 2019. The following summary presents information regarding
outstanding stock options as of July 31, 2021 and changes during the fiscal year then ended:
Outstanding at beginning of year
Exercised
Canceled
Outstanding at end of year
Exercisable at end of year
Number
of Options
(in millions)
Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
1.1 $
(0.1)
(0.2)
0.8
0.8 $
46.46
15.50
45.48
—
49.02
Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
4.4 years
Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
2.2 years $
2.2 years $
—
—
The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised during fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2019 was $1 million, $— million and $—
million, respectively.
Supervalu Replacement Awards
Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, dated as of July 25, 2018, as amended, each outstanding Supervalu stock option, whether
vested or unvested, that was unexercised immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger (“SVU Option”) was converted,
effective as of the effective time of the Merger, into a stock option exercisable for shares of common stock of the Company
(“Replacement Option”) in accordance with the adjustment provisions of the Supervalu stock. In addition, each outstanding
Supervalu restricted share award, restricted stock unit award, deferred share unit award and performance share unit award
(“SVU Equity Award”) was converted, effective as of the effective time of the Merger, into time-vesting awards (“Replacement
Award”) with a settlement value equal to the merger consideration of $32.50 per share multiplied by the number of shares of
Supervalu common stock subject to such SVU Equity Award. The Merger Agreement originally provided that the Replacement
Awards were payable in cash, however, the Merger Agreement was amended on October 10, 2018, to provide that the
Replacement Awards could be settled in cash and/or an equal value in shares of common stock of the Company. The
Replacement Awards are liability classified awards as they were ultimately settled in cash or shares at the discretion of the
employee. The Replacement Awards liabilities are expensed over the service period based on the fixed value of $32.50 per
share.
On October 22, 2018, the Company authorized for issuance and registered on a Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed with
the Securities and Exchange Commission 5 million shares of common stock for issuance in order to satisfy the Replacement
Options and Replacement Awards. During fiscal 2019, the Company issued 2.0 million shares of common stock at an average
price of $12.00 per share for $24 million of cash. During fiscal 2020, the Company issued 1.3 million shares of common stock
at an average price of $10.66 per share for $14 million of cash.
91
NOTE 13—BENEFIT PLANS
The Company’s employees who participate are covered by various contributory and non-contributory pension, 401(k) plans,
and other health and welfare benefits. The Company’s primary defined benefit pension plans are the SUPERVALU INC.
Retirement Plan, Unified Grocers, Inc. Cash Balance Plan and certain supplemental executive retirement plans. These plans
were closed to new participants and service crediting ended for all participants as of December 31, 2007. Pay increases were
reflected in the amount of benefits accrued in these plans until December 31, 2012. Approximately 62% of the union employees
participate in multiemployer defined benefit pension plans under collective bargaining agreements. The remaining either
participate in plans sponsored by the Company or are not currently eligible to participate in a retirement plan. In addition to
sponsoring both defined benefit and defined contribution pension plans, the Company provides healthcare and life insurance
benefits for eligible retired employees under postretirement benefit plans. The Company also provides certain health and
welfare benefits, including short-term and long-term disability benefits, to inactive disabled employees prior to retirement. The
terms of the postretirement benefit plans vary based on employment history, age and date of retirement. For many retirees, the
Company provides a fixed dollar contribution and retirees pay contributions to fund the remaining cost.
Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Benefit Plans
For the defined benefit pension plans, the accumulated benefit obligation is equal to the projected benefit obligation. The
benefit obligation, fair value of plan assets and funded status of our defined benefit pension plans and other postretirement
benefit plans consisted of the following:
(in millions)
Changes in Benefit Obligation
2021
2020
Pension
Benefits
Other
Postretirement
Benefits
Pension
Benefits
Other
Postretirement
Benefits
Benefit Obligation at beginning of year
$
2,260 $
37 $
2,709 $
Actuarial (gain) loss
Benefits paid
Interest cost
Settlements paid
Plan amendment
Benefit obligation at end of year
Changes in Plan Assets
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year
Actual return on plan assets
Benefits paid
Settlements paid
Employer contributions
Fair value of plan assets at end of year
Funded (unfunded) status at end of year
(103)
(101)
37
—
—
2,093
1,991
226
(101)
—
2
2,118
(9)
(3)
—
(18)
11
18
12
—
(3)
(18)
9
—
277
(94)
57
(689)
—
2,260
2,497
262
(94)
(690)
16
1,991
38
1
(3)
1
—
—
37
11
1
(3)
—
3
12
$
25 $
(18) $
(269) $
(25)
The actuarial gain on projected pension benefit obligations in fiscal 2021 was primarily the result of a 35 basis points increase
in the discount rate on the SUPERVALU INC. Retirement Plan and updated mortality assumptions. The actuarial loss on
projected pension benefit obligations in fiscal 2020 was primarily the result of a 113 basis points decrease in the discount rate
on the SUPERVALU INC. Retirement Plan, and updated assumptions from lump sum settlements and mortality.
The funded status of our pension benefits contains plans with individually funded and underfunded statuses. Our other
postretirement benefits consist of one plan as shown above. The following table provides the funded status of individual
projected pension benefit plan obligations and the fair value of plan assets for these plans:
92
(in millions)
July 31, 2021:
Fair value of plan assets at end of year
Benefit obligation at end of year
Funded (unfunded) status at end of year
August 1, 2020:
Fair value of plan assets at end of year
Benefit obligation at end of year
Unfunded status at end of year
SUPERVALU INC.
Retirement Plan
Unified Grocers, Inc.
Cash Balance Plan
and Other
Total Pension
Benefits
$
$
$
$
1,860 $
(1,796)
64 $
1,761 $
(1,939)
(178) $
258 $
(297)
(39) $
230 $
(321)
(91) $
2,118
(2,093)
25
1,991
(2,260)
(269)
Net periodic benefit (income) cost and other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized consist of the following:
(in millions)
Net Periodic Benefit (Income) Cost
2021
2020
2019
Pension
Benefits
Other
Postretirement
Benefits
Pension
Benefits
Other
Postretirement
Benefits
Pension
Benefits
Other
Postretirement
Benefits
Expected return on plan assets
$
(104) $
— $
(105) $
— $
(112) $
Interest cost
Settlement (gain) charge
Amortization of prior service credit
Amortization of net actuarial loss (gain)
Net periodic benefit (income) cost
Other Changes in Plan Assets and
Benefits Obligations Recognized in
Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Net actuarial (gain) loss
Prior service cost (benefit)
Amortization of prior service benefit
Amortization of net actuarial (gain) loss
Total (benefit) expense recognized in
Other comprehensive income (loss)
Total (benefit) expense recognized in net
periodic benefit cost (income) and
Other comprehensive income (loss)
37
—
—
1
(66)
(225)
—
—
(1)
(226)
—
(17)
(1)
(1)
(19)
(8)
25
3
1
21
57
11
—
—
(37)
109
—
—
—
109
1
—
(1)
(2)
(2)
—
—
1
2
3
76
—
—
—
(36)
58
—
—
—
58
—
1
—
—
—
1
(10)
(4)
—
—
(14)
$
(292) $
2 $
72 $
1 $
22 $
(13)
On August 1, 2019, the Company amended the SUPERVALU INC. Retirement Plan to provide for a lump sum settlement
window. On August 2, 2019, the Company sent plan participants lump sum settlement election offerings that committed the
plan to pay certain deferred vested pension plan participants and retirees, who make such an election, a lump sum payment in
exchange for their rights to receive ongoing payments from the plan. The lump sum payment amounts are equal to the present
value of the participant’s pension benefits, and were made to certain former (i) retired associates and beneficiaries who are
receiving their monthly pension benefit payment and (ii) terminated associates who are deferred vested in the plan, had not yet
begun receiving monthly pension benefit payments and who are not eligible for any prior lump sum offerings under the plan.
Benefit obligations associated with the lump sum offering have been incorporated into the funded status utilizing the actuarially
determined lump sum payments based on offer acceptances. As disclosed in the preceding two tables, in fiscal 2020, the plan
made aggregate lump sum settlement payments, which resulted in a non-cash pension settlement charges from the acceleration
of a portion of the accumulated unrecognized actuarial loss, which was based on the fair value of SUPERVALU INC.
Retirement Plan assets and remeasured liabilities. As a result of the settlement payments reported in the second quarter of fiscal
2020, SUPERVALU INC. Retirement Plan obligations were remeasured using a discount rate of 3.1 percent and the MP-2019
mortality improvement scale. This remeasurement resulted in a $2 million decrease to Accumulated other comprehensive loss.
93
Amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of July 31, 2021 and August 1, 2020 consist of the following:
(in millions)
Other long-term assets
Pension and other postretirement benefit obligations
Accrued compensation and benefits
Total
Benefit Plan Assumptions
July 31, 2021
August 1, 2020
Pension
Benefits
Other
Postretirement
Benefits
Pension
Benefits
Other
Postretirement
Benefits
$
$
64 $
(38)
(1)
25 $
— $
(15)
(3)
(18) $
— $
(267)
(2)
(269) $
—
(25)
—
(25)
Weighted average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations and net periodic benefit cost consisted of the following:
Benefit obligation assumptions:
Discount rate
Net periodic benefit cost assumptions:
Discount rate
Rate of compensation increase
Expected return on plan assets(1)
Interest credit
2021
2020
2019
2.62% - 2.75%
1.74% - 2.37%
2.99% - 3.49%
1.17% - 2.27%
2.99% - 3.49%
4.30% - 4.42%
—
—
—
1.00% - 5.50%
5.00 %
2.00% - 5.75%
5.00 %
2.25% - 6.50%
5.00 %
(1) Expected return on plan assets is estimated by utilizing forward-looking, long-term return, risk and correlation assumptions
developed and updated annually by the Company. These assumptions are weighted by the actual or target allocation to each
underlying asset class represented in the pension plan master trust. The Company also assess the expected long-term return on plan
assets assumption by comparison to long-term historical performance on an asset class to ensure the assumption is reasonable.
Long-term trends are also evaluated relative to market factors such as inflation, interest rates, and fiscal and monetary policies in
order to assess the capital market assumptions.
The Company reviews and selects the discount rate to be used in connection with measuring our pension and other
postretirement benefit obligations annually. In determining the discount rate, the Company uses the yield on corporate bonds
(rated AA or better) that coincides with the cash flows of the plans’ estimated benefit payouts. The model uses a yield curve
approach to discount each cash flow of the liability stream at an interest rate specifically applicable to the timing of each
respective cash flow. The model totals the present values of all cash flows and calculates the equivalent weighted average
discount rate by imputing the singular interest rate that equates the total present value with the stream of future cash flows. This
resulting weighted average discount rate is then used in evaluating the final discount rate to be used.
For those retirees whose health plans provide for variable employer contributions, the assumed healthcare cost trend rate used
in measuring the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation before age 65 was 8.10 percent as of July 31, 2021. The
assumed healthcare cost trend rate for retirees before age 65 will decrease each year through fiscal 2030, until it reaches the
ultimate trend rate of 4.50 percent. For those retirees whose health plans provide for variable employer contributions, the
assumed healthcare cost trend rate used in measuring the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation after age 65 was 5.40
percent as of July 31, 2021.
94
Pension Plan Assets
Pension plan assets are held in a master trust and invested in separately managed accounts and other commingled investment
vehicles holding fixed income securities, domestic equity securities, private equity securities, international equity securities, and
real estate securities. The Company employs a liability hedging approach whereby the target asset allocation adjusts based on
the funded nature of the plans, targeting a level of risk commensurate with keeping pace with the growth of plan liabilities. Risk
is managed through diversification across asset classes, multiple investment manager portfolios and both general and portfolio-
specific investment guidelines. Risk tolerance is established through careful consideration of the plan liabilities, plan funded
status and the Company’s financial condition. This asset allocation policy mix is reviewed annually and actual versus target
allocations are monitored regularly and rebalanced on an as-needed basis. Plan assets are invested using a combination of active
and passive investment strategies. Passive, or “indexed” strategies, attempt to mimic rather than exceed the investment
performance of a market benchmark. The plan’s active investment strategies employ multiple investment management firms.
Managers within each asset class cover a range of investment styles and approaches and are combined in a way that controls for
capitalization, and style biases (equities) and interest rate exposures (fixed income) versus benchmark indices. Monitoring
activities to evaluate performance against targets and measure investment risk take place on an ongoing basis through annual
liability measurements, periodic asset/liability studies and quarterly investment portfolio reviews.
The asset allocation targets and the actual allocation of pension plan assets are as follows:
Asset Category
Fixed income
Domestic equity
Private equity
International equity
Real estate
Total
Target
2021
2020
85.3 %
6.9 %
5.4 %
1.4 %
1.0 %
100.0 %
82.8 %
7.7 %
5.4 %
1.0 %
3.1 %
100.0 %
60.4 %
22.6 %
4.7 %
6.0 %
6.3 %
100.0 %
The following is a description of the valuation methodologies used for investments measured at fair value:
Common stock - Valued at the closing price reported in the active market in which the individual securities are traded.
Common collective trusts - Investments in common/collective trust funds are stated at net asset value (“NAV”) as
determined by the issuer of the common/collective trust funds and is based on the fair value of the underlying investments
held by the fund less its liabilities. The majority of the common/collective trust funds have a readily determinable fair value
and are classified as Level 2. Other investments in common/collective trust funds determine NAV on a less frequent basis
and/or have redemption restrictions. For these investments, NAV is used as a practical expedient to estimate fair value.
Corporate bonds - Valued based on yields currently available on comparable securities of issuers with similar credit
ratings. When quoted prices are not available for identical or similar bonds, the fair value is based upon an industry
valuation model, which maximizes observable inputs.
Government securities - Certain government securities are valued at the closing price reported in the active market in which
the security is traded. Other government securities are valued based on yields currently available on comparable securities
of issuers with similar credit ratings.
Mortgage backed securities - Valued based on yields currently available on comparable securities of issuers with similar
credit ratings. When quoted prices are not available for identical or similar securities, the fair value is based upon an
industry valuation model, which maximizes observable inputs.
Mutual funds - Mutual funds are valued at the closing price reported in the active market in which the individual securities
are traded.
Private equity and real estate partnerships - Valued based on NAV provided by the investment manager, updated for any
subsequent partnership interests’ cash flows or expected changes in fair value. The NAV is used as a practical expedient to
estimate fair value.
Other - Consists primarily of options, futures, and money market investments priced at $1 per unit.
95
The valuation methods described above may produce a fair value calculation that may not be indicative of net realizable value
or reflective of future fair values. Furthermore, while the Company believes our valuation methods are appropriate and
consistent with other market participants, the use of different methodologies or assumptions to determine the fair value of
certain financial instruments could result in a different fair value measurement.
The fair value of assets held in master trusts for defined benefit pension plans as of July 31, 2021, by asset category, consisted
of the following (in millions):
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Common stock
Common collective trusts
Corporate bonds
Government securities
Mutual funds
Mortgage-backed securities
Other
Private equity and real estate partnerships
Total plan assets at fair value
$
$
103 $
—
—
—
—
—
11
—
114 $
— $
1,044
432
218
58
2
10
—
1,764 $
Measured at
NAV as a
Practical
Expedient
Total
— $
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
— $
— $
61
—
—
—
—
—
179
240 $
103
1,105
432
218
58
2
21
179
2,118
The fair value of assets held in master trusts for defined benefit pension plans as of August 1, 2020, by asset category, consisted
of the following (in millions):
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Common stock
Common collective trusts
Corporate bonds
Government securities
Mutual funds
Mortgage-backed securities
Other
Private equity and real estate partnerships
Total plan assets at fair value
$
$
334 $
—
—
—
—
—
11
—
345 $
— $
902
311
131
43
4
23
—
1,414 $
Contributions
Measured at
NAV as a
Practical
Expedient
Total
— $
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
— $
— $
59
—
—
—
—
—
173
232 $
334
961
311
131
43
4
34
173
1,991
No minimum pension contributions were required to be made under either the SUPERVALU INC. Retirement Plan or the
Unified Grocers, Inc. Cash Balance Plan under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, (“ERISA”)
in fiscal 2021. The Company expects to contribute approximately $2 million to $3 million to its other defined benefit pension
plans and postretirement benefit plans in fiscal 2022.
The Company funds its defined benefit pension plans based on the minimum contribution required under the Code, ERISA the
Pension Protection Act of 2006 and other applicable laws, as determined by our external actuarial consultant, and additional
contributions made at its discretion. The Company may accelerate contributions or undertake contributions in excess of the
minimum requirements from time to time subject to the availability of cash in excess of operating and financing needs or other
factors as may be applicable. The Company assesses the relative attractiveness of the use of cash including such factors as
expected return on assets, discount rates, cost of debt, reducing or eliminating required Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation
variable rate premiums or the ability to achieve exemption from participant notices of underfunding.
96
Estimated Future Benefit Payments
The estimated future benefit payments to be made from our defined benefit pension and other postretirement benefit plans,
which reflect expected future service, are as follows (in millions):
Fiscal Year
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
Years 2027-2031
Defined Contribution Plans
Other
Postretirement
Benefits
Pension Benefits
$
122 $
114
118
122
120
582
3
1
1
1
1
4
The Company sponsors defined contribution and profit sharing plans pursuant to Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code.
Employees may contribute a portion of their eligible compensation to the plans on a pre-tax basis. We match a portion of
certain employee contributions by contributing cash into the investment options selected by the employees. The total amount
contributed by us to the plans is determined by plan provisions or at the Company’s discretion. Total employer contribution
expenses for these plans were $27 million, $21 million and $21 million for fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
Post-Employment Benefits
The Company recognizes an obligation for benefits provided to former or inactive employees. The Company is self-insured for
certain disability plan programs, which comprise the primary benefits paid to inactive employees prior to retirement.
Amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets consisted of $2 million of Accrued compensation and benefits and $5
million of Other long-term liabilities as of July 31, 2021 and August 1, 2020.
Multiemployer Pension Plans
The Company contributes to various multiemployer pension plans under collective bargaining agreements, primarily defined
benefit pension plans. These multiemployer plans generally provide retirement benefits to participants based on their service to
contributing employers. The benefits are paid from assets held in trust for that purpose. Plan trustees typically are responsible
for determining the level of benefits to be provided to participants as well as the investment of the assets and plan
administration. Trustees are appointed in equal number by employers and the unions that are parties to the relevant collective
bargaining agreements.
Expense is recognized in connection with these plans as contributions are funded, in accordance with GAAP. The risks of
participating in these multiemployer plans are different from the risks associated with single-employer plans in the following
respects:
a. Assets contributed to the multiemployer plan by one employer are held in trust and may be used to provide benefits to
b.
c.
employees of other participating employers.
If a participating employer stops contributing to the plan, the unfunded obligations of the plan may be borne by the
remaining participating employers.
If we choose to stop participating in some multiemployer plans, or make market exits or closures or otherwise have
participation in the plan drop below certain levels, we may be required to pay those plans an amount based on the
underfunded status of the plan, referred to as a withdrawal liability.
The Company’s participation in these plans is outlined in the table below. The EIN-Pension Plan Number column provides the
Employer Identification Number (“EIN”) and the three-digit plan number, if applicable. Unless otherwise noted, the most recent
Pension Protection Act (“PPA”) zone status available in 2020 relates to the plans’ most recent fiscal year-end. The zone status
is based on information that we received from the plan and is annually certified by each plan’s actuary. Among other factors,
red zone status plans are generally less than 65 percent funded and are considered in critical status, plans in yellow zone status
are less than 80 percent funded and are considered in endangered or seriously endangered status, and green zone plans are at
97
least 80 percent funded. The Multiemployer Pension Reform Act of 2014 (“MPRA”) created a new zone status called “critical
and declining” or “Deep Red”. Plans are generally considered Deep Red if they are projected to become insolvent within 15
years. The FIP/RP Status Pending/Implemented column indicates plans for which a funding improvement plan (“FIP”) or a
rehabilitation plan (“RP”) is either pending or has been implemented by the trustees of each plan.
Certain plans have been aggregated in the All Other Multiemployer Pension Plans line in the following table, as the
contributions to each of these plans are not individually material. None of our collective bargaining agreements require that a
minimum contribution be made to these plans.
At the date the financial statements were issued, Form 5500 for these plans were generally not available for the plan years
ending in 2020.
The following table contains information about the Company’s significant multiemployer plans (in millions):
EIN-Pension
Plan
Number
416047047-
001
410905139-
001
832598425-
001
366044243-
001
526117495-
001
916145047-
001
396069053-
001
Pension Fund
Minneapolis Food Distributing
Industry Pension Plan
Minneapolis Retail Meat Cutters
and Food Handlers Pension Fund
Minneapolis Retail Meat Cutters
and Food Handlers Variable
Annuity Pension Plan
Central States, Southeast and
Southwest Areas Pension Plan
UFCW Unions and Participating
Employer Pension Plan(2)
Western Conference of Teamsters
Pension Plan
UFCW Unions and Employers
Pension Plan(4)
All Other Multiemployer Pension
Plans(3)
Total
Pension
Protection
Act Zone
Status
Contributions
Plan
Month/Day
End Date
FIP/RP Status
Pending/
Implemented
2020
2021
2020
2019
Surcharges
Imposed(1)
12/31
Green
No
$ 12 $ 11 $
2/28
Red
Implemented
10
12/31
NA
NA
12/31
Deep Red
Implemented
12/31
12/31
Red
Implemented
Green
No
10/31
Deep Red
Implemented
4
6
3
10
1
9
3
6
7
13
1
8
7
1
5
4
12
1
No
No
NA
No
No
No
No
2
3
$ 48 $ 52 $ 41
2
(1) PPA surcharges are 5 percent or 10 percent of eligible contributions and may not apply to all collective bargaining agreements or
total contributions to each plan.
(2) This multiemployer pension plan is associated with continued and discontinued operations.
(3) All Other Multiemployer Pension Plans includes 9 plans, none of which are individually significant when considering contributions
to the plan, severity of the underfunded status or other factors. As of the fourth quarter of fiscal 2021, the Company withdrew
from 2 of these 9 plans. Fiscal 2021 contributions to these plans are included in the total contributions above.
(4) As of the fourth quarter of fiscal 2021, the Company withdrew from this plan. The plan is still relevant for the table above as
contributions were made in fiscal 2021 prior to the withdrawal.
98
The following table describes the expiration of the Company’s collective bargaining agreements associated with the significant
multiemployer plans in which we participate:
Pension Fund
Minneapolis Food Distributing Industry
Pension Plan
Minneapolis Retail Meat Cutters and Food
Handlers Pension Fund
Minneapolis Retail Meat Cutters and Food
Handlers Variable Annuity Pension Fund
Central States, Southeast and Southwest
Areas Pension Fund
UFCW Unions and Participating
Employer Pension Fund(2)
Western Conference of Teamsters Pension
Plan Trust
UFCW Unions and Employers Pension
Plan
Most Significant Collective
Bargaining Agreement
Range of Collective
Bargaining Agreement
Expiration Dates
Total Collective
Bargaining
Agreements
Expiration
Date
% of Associates
under Collective
Bargaining
Agreement (1)
Over 5%
Contributions 2020
5/31/2022
3/4/2023
3/4/2023
6/03/2024 -
5/31/2025
11/8/2020(3)
4/22/2023 -
9/20/2026
4/9/2022
1
1
1
4
2
5/31/2022
100.0 %
3/4/2023
100.0 %
3/4/2023
100.0 %
5/31/2025
11/8/2020
13
9/20/2026
37.0 %
66.3 %
32.8 %
1
4/9/2022
100.0 %
☒
☒
☒
☐
☒
☐
☒
(1) Company participating employees in the most significant collective bargaining agreement as a percent of all Company employees
represented under the applicable collective bargaining agreements.
(2) This multiemployer pension plan is associated with continued and discontinued operations.
(3) This collective bargaining agreement has been extended.
In fiscal 2021, the Company withdrew from participating in three Retail multiemployer pension plans, resulting in a $63 million
withdrawal charge, which is recorded within Operating expenses within our Consolidated Statements of Operations, Other
long-term liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets and within changes in operating assets and liabilities within Accrued
expenses and other liabilities in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. In fiscal 2020, in connection with the Company’s
consolidation of distribution centers in the Pacific Northwest, the Company recorded an $11 million multiemployer pension
plan withdrawal liability.
Accrued multiemployer pension plan withdrawal liabilities included in Other-long-term liabilities were $110 million and
$52 million, in fiscal 2021 and 2020, respectively, for 13 multiemployer plans. Payments associated with these liabilities are
required to be made over varying time periods, but principally over the next 20 years.
Multiemployer Benefit Plans Other than Pensions
The Company also makes contributions to multiemployer health and welfare plans in amounts set forth in the related collective
bargaining agreements. These plans provide medical, dental, pharmacy, vision and other ancillary benefits to active employees
and retirees as determined by the trustees of each plan. The vast majority of the Company’s contributions benefit active
employees and as such, may not constitute contributions to a postretirement benefit plan. However, the Company is unable to
separate contribution amounts to postretirement benefit plans from contribution amounts paid to benefit active employees.
The Company contributed $78 million, $89 million and $73 million in fiscal 2021, fiscal 2020 and fiscal 2019, respectively, to
multiemployer health and welfare plans. If healthcare provisions within these plans cannot be renegotiated in a manner that
reduces the prospective healthcare cost as we intend, our Operating expenses could increase in the future.
Collective Bargaining Agreements
As of July 31, 2021, we had approximately 28,300 employees. Approximately 11,000 employees are covered by 48 collective
bargaining agreements. During fiscal 2021, 20 collective bargaining agreements covering approximately 1,700 employees were
renegotiated and 4 collective bargaining agreements covering approximately 1,500 employees expired without their terms being
renegotiated. Negotiations are expected to continue with the bargaining units representing the employees subject to those
agreements. During fiscal 2022, 10 collective bargaining agreements covering approximately 3,300 employees are scheduled to
expire.
99
NOTE 14—INCOME TAXES
Income Tax Expense (Benefit)
Income before income taxes for fiscal 2021 consists of $175 million from U.S. continuing operations and $8 million from
foreign continuing operations. Loss before income taxes for fiscal 2020 consists of $(338) million from U.S. continuing
operations and $(4) million from foreign continuing operations. (Loss) income before income taxes for fiscal 2019 consists of
$(348) million from U.S. continuing operations and $7 million from foreign continuing operations.
The total provision (benefit) for income taxes included in the Consolidated Statements of Operations consisted of the following:
(in millions)
Continuing operations
Discontinued operations
Total
2021
2020
2019
$
$
34 $
(1)
33 $
(91) $
(5)
(96) $
The income tax expense (benefit) in continuing operations was allocated as follows:
(in millions)
Income tax expense (benefit)
Other comprehensive income
Total
2021
2020
2019
$
$
34 $
65
99 $
(91) $
(45)
(136) $
Total federal, state, and foreign income tax (benefit) expense in continuing operations consists of the following:
(in millions)
Fiscal 2021
U.S. Federal
State and Local
Foreign
Fiscal 2020
U.S. Federal
State and Local
Foreign
Fiscal 2019
U.S. Federal
State and Local
Foreign
Current
Deferred
Total
$
$
$
$
$
$
30 $
7
2
39 $
(23) $
1
2
(20) $
11 $
(11)
2
2 $
(8) $
2
1
(5) $
(45) $
(24)
(2)
(71) $
(59) $
(2)
—
(61) $
(59)
(3)
(62)
(59)
(34)
(93)
22
9
3
34
(68)
(23)
—
(91)
(48)
(13)
2
(59)
100
Total income tax expense (benefit) in continuing operations was different than the amounts computed by applying the statutory
federal income tax rate to income before income taxes because of the following:
(in millions)
Computed “expected” tax expense
State and local income tax, net of Federal income tax benefit
Non-deductible expenses
Tax effect of share-based compensation
General business credits
Unrecognized tax benefits
Nondeductible goodwill impairment
Enhanced Inventory Donations
Impacts related to the CARES Act
Other, net
Total income tax expense (benefit)
Uncertain Tax Positions
2021
2020
2019
$
$
39 $
10
7
(3)
(6)
(4)
—
(3)
—
(6)
34 $
(72) $
(19)
3
2
(2)
(8)
44
(2)
(39)
2
(91) $
A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of gross unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:
(in millions)
Unrecognized tax benefits at beginning of period
Unrecognized tax benefits added during the period
Unrecognized tax benefits assumed in a business combination
Decreases in unrecognized tax benefits due to statute expiration
Decreases in unrecognized tax benefits due to settlements
Unrecognized tax benefits at end of period
2021
2020
2019
$
$
32 $
6
—
(8)
(3)
27 $
40 $
6
—
(2)
(12)
32 $
(71)
(18)
6
—
(2)
(8)
33
(1)
—
2
(59)
1
—
50
—
(11)
40
In addition, the Company has $8 million paid on deposit to various governmental agencies to cover the above liability. The
Company recognizes interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense. For fiscal 2021, 2020
and 2019, total accrued interest and penalties was $6 million, $7 million, and $16 million, respectively.
The Company is currently under examination in several taxing jurisdictions and remains subject to examination until the statute
of limitations expires for the respective taxing jurisdiction or an agreement is reached between the taxing jurisdiction and the
Company. As of July 31, 2021, the Company is no longer subject to federal income tax examinations for fiscal years before
2014 and in most states is no longer subject to state income tax examinations for fiscal years before 2008 and 2015 for
Supervalu and United Natural Foods, Inc., respectively. Due to the implementation of the CARES Act, NOLs were carried back
into fiscal years 2014 and 2015, which extends the federal statute of limitations on those years up to the amount of the
carryback claim.
Based on the possibility of the closing of pending audits and appeals, or expiration of the statute of limitations, it is reasonably
possible that the amount of unrecognized tax benefits will decrease by up to $7 million during the next 12 months.
101
Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities
The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the net deferred tax assets and deferred tax
liabilities at July 31, 2021 and August 1, 2020 are presented below:
(in millions)
Deferred tax assets:
Inventories, principally due to additional costs inventoried for tax purposes
Compensation and benefits related
Accounts receivable, principally due to allowances for uncollectible accounts
Accrued expenses
Net operating loss carryforwards
Other tax carryforwards (interest, charitable contributions)
Foreign tax credits
Intangible assets
Lease liabilities
Interest rate swap agreements
Other deferred tax assets
Total gross deferred tax assets
Less valuation allowance
Net deferred tax assets
Deferred tax liabilities:
Plant and equipment, principally due to differences in depreciation
Inventories
Lease right of use assets
Total deferred tax liabilities
Net deferred tax assets
Tax Credits and Valuation Allowances
July 31,
2021
August 1,
2020
$
$
$
$
— $
54
6
37
16
8
1
61
336
25
6
550
(8)
542 $
125 $
39
321
485
57 $
—
103
12
33
13
7
1
67
339
37
6
618
(3)
615
164
43
300
507
108
At July 31, 2021, the Company had gross deferred tax assets of approximately $550 million. The Company regularly reviews its
deferred tax assets for recoverability to evaluate whether it is more likely than not that they will be realized. In making this
evaluation, the Company considers the statutory recovery periods for the assets, along with available sources of future taxable
income, including reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, tax planning strategies, history of taxable income, and
projections of future income. The Company gives more significance to objectively verifiable evidence, such as the existence of
deferred tax liabilities that are forecast to generate taxable income within the relevant carryover periods, and a history of
earnings. A valuation allowance is provided when the Company concludes, based on all available evidence, that it is more
likely than not that the deferred tax assets will not be realized during the applicable recovery period. The Company has
reviewed these factors in evaluating the recoverability of its deferred tax assets. As of July 31, 2021, the Company anticipates
sufficient future taxable income to realize all of its deferred tax assets within the applicable recovery periods with the exception
of certain foreign tax credits and state net operating losses. Accordingly, the Company has established valuation allowances
against that portion of its state net operating losses and foreign tax credits that, in the Company’ s judgment, are not likely to be
realized within the applicable recovery periods.
At July 31, 2021, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $2 million for federal income tax
purposes that are subject to an annual limitation of approximately $1 million under Internal Revenue Code Section 382. These
Section 382-limited carryforwards expire at various times between fiscal years 2022 and 2027. As of July 31, 2021, the
Company anticipates sufficient future taxable income over the periods in which the net operating losses can be utilized. The
Company also has the availability of future reversals of taxable temporary differences that are expected to generate taxable
income in the future. Therefore, the ultimate realization of net operating losses for federal purposes appears more likely than not
at July 31, 2021 and correspondingly no valuation allowance has been established.
At July 31, 2021, the Company had disallowed charitable contribution carryforwards of approximately $15 million that are
available for carryforward over five years. As of July 31, 2021, the Company anticipates sufficient future taxable income to
102
fully utilize the charitable contribution carryovers within the applicable five-year carryforward period and correspondingly, no
valuation allowance has been established.
The retained earnings of the Company’s non-U.S. subsidiary were subject to deemed U.S. repatriation and taxation during fiscal
2017 pursuant to the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, and existing foreign tax credits were utilized to offset the resulting liability. We
have established a deferred tax asset for the remaining U.S. foreign tax credits of $1 million. Such credits are offset by a
valuation allowance.
Effective Tax Rate
Our effective income tax rate for continuing operations was an expense rate of 18.6% on pre-tax income for fiscal 2021,
respectively, and a benefit rate of 26.6% and 17.3% on pre-tax losses for fiscal 2020 and 2019, respectively. The fiscal 2020
effective tax rate was primarily driven by the impact of non-deductible goodwill impairment charges recorded in fiscal 2020,
partially offset by the NOL carryback provisions of the CARES Act. For fiscal 2021, the effective tax rate was reduced by solar
and employment tax credits, including the tax credit impact of a fiscal 2021 investment in an equity method partnership, the
recognition of previously unrecognized tax benefits, excess tax deductions attributable to share-based compensation and
inventory deductions, as well as the impact of favorable return-to-provision adjustments.
NOTE 15—EARNINGS PER SHARE
The following is a reconciliation of the basic and diluted number of shares used in computing earnings per share:
(in millions, except per share data)
Basic weighted average shares outstanding
Net effect of dilutive stock awards based upon the treasury stock method
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding
Basic earnings (loss) per share:
Continuing operations
Discontinued operations
Basic earnings (loss) per share
Diluted earnings (loss) per share:
Continuing operations
Discontinued operations
Diluted earnings (loss) income per share
2021
2020
2019
56.1
3.9
60.0
53.8
—
53.8
$
$
$
$
$
$
2.55 $
0.10 $
2.65 $
2.38 $
0.09 $
2.48 $
(4.76) $
(0.34) $
(5.10) $
(4.76) $
(0.34) $
(5.10) $
51.2
—
51.2
(5.51)
(0.05)
(5.56)
(5.51)
(0.05)
(5.56)
Anti-dilutive stock-based awards excluded from the calculation of diluted
earnings per share
0.9
3.6
3.4
NOTE 16—BUSINESS SEGMENTS
The Company has two reportable segments: Wholesale and Retail. These reportable segments are two distinct businesses, each
with a different customer base, marketing strategy and management structure. The Wholesale reportable segment is the
aggregation of two operating segments: U.S. Wholesale and Canada Wholesale. The U.S. Wholesale and Canada Wholesale
operating segments have similar products and services, customer channels, distribution methods and economic characteristics.
Reportable segments are reviewed on an annual basis, or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate a change in
reportable segments has occurred.
The Wholesale reportable segment is engaged in the national distribution of natural, organic, specialty, produce and
conventional grocery and non-food products, and providing professional services in the United States and Canada. The Retail
reportable segment derives revenues from the sale of groceries and other products at retail locations operated by the Company.
The Company has additional operating segments that do not meet the quantitative thresholds for reportable segments and are
therefore aggregated under the caption of Other. Other includes a manufacturing division, which engages in the importing,
roasting, packaging and distributing of nuts, dried fruit, seeds, trail mixes, granola, natural and organic snack items and
confections, and the Company’s natural branded product lines, primarily Blue Marble Brands. Other also includes certain
corporate operating expenses that are not allocated to operating segments, which include, among other expenses, restructuring,
103
acquisition and integration related expenses, share-based compensation, and salaries, retainers, and other related expenses of
certain officers and all directors. Wholesale records revenues related to sales to Retail at gross margin rates consistent with sales
to other similar wholesale customers of the acquired Supervalu business.
Segment earnings include revenues and costs attributable to each of the respective business segments and allocated corporate
overhead, based on the segment’s estimated consumption of corporately managed resources. The Company allocates certain
corporate capital expenditures and identifiable assets to its business segments and retains certain depreciation expense related to
those assets within Other. Non-operating expenses that are not allocated to the operating segments are included in the Other
segment.
The following table provides continuing operations net sales and Adjusted EBITDA by reportable segment and reconciles that
information to Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes:
(in millions)
Net sales:
Wholesale(1)
Retail
Other
Eliminations
Total Net sales
Continuing operations Adjusted EBITDA:
Wholesale
Retail
Other
Eliminations
Adjustments:
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests
Net periodic benefit income, excluding service cost
Interest expense, net
Other, net
Depreciation and amortization
Share-based compensation
Restructuring, acquisition, and integration related expenses
Goodwill impairment charges
Gain (loss) on sale of assets
Multi-employer pension plan withdrawal charges
Note receivable charges
Inventory fair value adjustment
Legal (settlement income) reserve charge
Other retail expense
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes
Depreciation and amortization:
Wholesale
Retail
Other
Total depreciation and amortization
Payments for capital expenditures:
Wholesale
Retail
Other
Total capital expenditures
104
2021
2020
2019
$
25,873
$
25,525 $
2,442
219
(1,584)
2,375
228
(1,569)
26,950
$
26,559 $
654
$
593 $
96
(9)
1
6
85
(204)
8
(285)
(49)
(56)
—
4
(63)
—
—
—
(5)
88
(16)
(2)
5
39
(192)
4
(282)
(34)
(87)
(425)
(18)
—
(13)
—
(1)
(1)
183
$
(342) $
252
$
267 $
29
4
4
11
285
$
282 $
285
$
160 $
25
—
12
1
310
$
173 $
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
21,551
1,687
235
(1,132)
22,341
465
35
42
(1)
—
35
(181)
1
(248)
(40)
(148)
(293)
1
—
—
(10)
1
—
(341)
228
7
13
248
207
21
—
228
(1) As presented in Note 3—Revenue Recognition, for fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2019, the Company recorded $1,381 million, $1,348
million and $958 million, respectively, within Net sales in its Wholesale reportable segment attributable to Wholesale sales to its
Retail segment that have been eliminated upon consolidation. For fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2019, the Company recorded $0 million, $0
million, and $12 million, respectively, within Net sales in its Wholesale reportable segment attributable to discontinued operations
inter-company product purchases for certain retail banners it sold with a supply agreement. Refer to Note 3—Revenue Recognition
for additional information regarding Wholesale sales to discontinued operations.
Total assets of continuing operations by reportable segment were as follows:
(in millions)
Assets:
Wholesale
Retail
Other
Eliminations
Total assets of continuing operations
July 31,
2021
August 1,
2020
$
$
6,536 $
566
462
(43)
7,521 $
6,589
548
498
(55)
7,580
NOTE 17—COMMITMENTS, CONTINGENCIES AND OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS
Guarantees and Contingent Liabilities
The Company has outstanding guarantees related to certain leases, fixture financing loans and other debt obligations of various
retailers as of July 31, 2021. These guarantees were generally made to support the business growth of wholesale customers. The
guarantees are generally for the entire terms of the leases, fixture financing loans or other debt obligations with remaining terms
that range from less than one year to nine years, with a weighted average remaining term of approximately five years. For each
guarantee issued, if the wholesale customer or other third-party defaults on a payment, the Company would be required to make
payments under its guarantee. Generally, the guarantees are secured by indemnification agreements or personal guarantees. The
Company reviews performance risk related to its guarantee obligations based on internal measures of credit performance. As of
July 31, 2021, the maximum amount of undiscounted payments the Company would be required to make in the event of default
of all guarantees was $28 million ($25 million on a discounted basis). Based on the indemnification agreements, personal
guarantees and results of the reviews of performance risk, as of July 31, 2021, a total estimated loss of $1 million is recorded in
the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
The Company is a party to a variety of contractual agreements under which it may be obligated to indemnify the other party for
certain matters in the ordinary course of business, which indemnities may be secured by operation of law or otherwise. These
agreements primarily relate to the Company’s commercial contracts, service agreements, contracts entered into for the purchase
and sale of stock or assets, operating leases and other real estate contracts, financial agreements, agreements to provide services
to the Company and agreements to indemnify officers, directors and employees in the performance of their work. While the
Company’s aggregate indemnification obligations could result in a material liability, the Company is not aware of any matters
that are expected to result in a material liability. No amount has been recorded in the Consolidated Balance Sheets for these
contingent obligations as the fair value has been determined to be de minimis.
In connection with Supervalu’s sale of New Albertson’s, Inc. (“NAI”) on March 21, 2013, the Company remains contingently
liable with respect to certain self-insurance commitments and other guarantees as a result of parental guarantees issued by
Supervalu with respect to the obligations of NAI that were incurred while NAI was Supervalu’s subsidiary. Based on the
expected settlement of the self-insurance claims that underlie the Company’s commitments, the Company believes that such
contingent liabilities will continue to decline. Subsequent to the sale of NAI, NAI collateralized most of these obligations with
letters of credit and surety bonds to numerous state governmental authorities. Because NAI remains a primary obligor on these
self-insurance and other obligations and has collateralized most of the self-insurance obligations for which the Company
remains contingently liable, the Company believes that the likelihood that it will be required to assume a material amount of
these obligations is remote. Accordingly, no amount has been recorded in the Consolidated Balance Sheets for these guarantees,
as the fair value has been determined to be de minimis.
105
Agreements with Save-A-Lot and Onex
The Agreement and Plan of Merger pursuant to which Supervalu sold the Save-A-Lot business in 2016 (the “SAL Merger
Agreement”) contains customary indemnification obligations of each party with respect to breaches of their respective
representations, warranties and covenants, and certain other specified matters, on the terms and subject to the limitations set
forth in the SAL Merger Agreement. Similarly, Supervalu entered into a Separation Agreement (the “Separation Agreement”)
with Moran Foods, LLC d/b/a Save-A-Lot (“Moran Foods”), which contains indemnification obligations and covenants related
to the separation of the assets and liabilities of the Save-A-Lot business from the Company. The Company also entered into a
Services Agreement with Moran Foods (the “Services Agreement”), pursuant to which the Company is providing Save-A-Lot
with various technical, human resources, finance and other operational services for a term of five years, subject to termination
provisions that can be exercised by each party. The initial annual base charge under the Services Agreement is $30 million,
subject to adjustments. The Company expects that services provided under the Services Agreement will wind down at or near
the end of the initial term in December 2021. The Services Agreement generally requires each party to indemnify the other
party against third-party claims arising out of the performance of or the provision or receipt of services under the Services
Agreement. While the Company’s aggregate indemnification obligations to Save-A-Lot and Onex, the purchaser of Save-A-
Lot, could result in a material liability, the Company is not aware of any matters that are expected to result in a material
liability. The Company has recorded the fair value of the guarantee in the Consolidated Balance Sheets within Other long-term
liabilities.
Other Contractual Commitments
In the ordinary course of business, the Company enters into supply contracts to purchase products for resale, and service
contracts for fixed asset and information technology systems. These contracts typically include either volume commitments or
fixed expiration dates, termination provisions and other standard contractual considerations. As of July 31, 2021, the Company
had approximately $225 million of non-cancelable future purchase obligations, most of which will be paid and utilized in the
ordinary course within one year.
Legal Proceedings
The Company is one of dozens of companies that have been named in various lawsuits alleging that drug manufacturers,
retailers and distributors contributed to the national opioid epidemic. Currently, UNFI, primarily through its subsidiary,
Advantage Logistics, is named in approximately 43 suits pending in the United States District Court for the Northern District of
Ohio where over 1,800 cases have been consolidated as Multi-District Litigation (“MDL”). In accordance with the Stock
Purchase Agreement dated January 10, 2013, between New Albertson’s Inc. (“New Albertson’s”) and the Company (the “Stock
Purchase Agreement”), New Albertson’s is defending and indemnifying UNFI in a majority of the cases under a reservation of
rights as those cases relate to New Albertson’s pharmacies. In one of the MDL cases, MDL No. 2804 filed by The Blackfeet
Tribe of the Blackfeet Indian Reservation, all defendants were ordered to Answer the Complaint, which UNFI did on July 26,
2019. To date, no discovery has been conducted against UNFI in any of the actions. UNFI is vigorously defending these
matters, which it believes are without merit.
On January 21, 2021, various health plans filed a complaint in Minnesota state court against the Company, Albertson’s
Companies, LLC (“Albertson’s”) and Safeway, Inc. alleging the defendants committed fraud by improperly reporting inflated
prices for prescription drugs for members of health plans. The Plaintiffs assert six causes of action against the defendants:
common law fraud, fraudulent nondisclosure, negligent misrepresentation, unjust enrichment, violation of the Minnesota
Uniform Deceptive Trade Practices Act and violation of the Minnesota Prevention of Consumer Fraud Act. The plaintiffs allege
that between 2006 and 2016, Supervalu overcharged the health plans by not providing the health plans, as part of usual and
customary prices, the benefit of discounts given to customers purchasing prescription medication who requested that Supervalu
match competitor prices. Plaintiffs seek an unspecified amount of damages. Similar to the above case, for the majority of the
relevant period Supervalu and Albertson’s operated as a combined company. In March 2013, Supervalu divested Albertson’s
and pursuant to the Stock Purchase Agreement, Albertson’s is responsible for any claims regarding its pharmacies. On February
19, 2021, Albertson’s and Safeway removed the case to Minnesota Federal District Court and on March 22, 2021 plaintiffs’
filed a motion to remand to state court. On February 26, 2021, defendants filed a motion to dismiss. The hearing on the remand
motion and motions to dismiss occurred on May 20, 2021. The Company believes these claims are without merit and intends to
vigorously defend this matter.
UNFI is currently subject to a qui tam action alleging violations of the False Claims Act ("FCA"). In United States ex rel.
Schutte and Yarberry v. Supervalu, New Albertson's, Inc., et al, which is pending in the U.S. District Court for the Central
District of Illinois, the relators allege that defendants overcharged government healthcare programs by not providing the
government, as a part of usual and customary prices, the benefit of discounts given to customers purchasing prescription
106
medication who requested that defendants match competitor prices. The complaint was originally filed under seal and amended
on November 30, 2015. The government previously investigated the relators' allegations and declined to intervene. Violations
of the FCA are subject to treble damages and penalties of up to a specified dollar amount per false claim. Relators elected to
pursue the case on their own and have alleged FCA damages against Supervalu and New Albertson’s in excess of $100 million,
not including trebling and statutory penalties. For the majority of the relevant period Supervalu and New Albertson’s operated
as a combined company. In March 2013, Supervalu divested New Albertson’s (and related assets) pursuant to the Stock
Purchase Agreement. Based on the claims that are currently pending and the Stock Purchase Agreement, Supervalu’s share of a
potential award (at the currently claimed value by relators) would be approximately $24 million, not including trebling and
statutory penalties. Both sides moved for summary judgment. On August 5, 2019, the Court granted one of the relators’
summary judgment motions finding that the defendants’ lower matched prices are the usual and customary prices and that
Medicare Part D and Medicaid were entitled to those prices. On July 2, 2020 the Court granted the defendants’ summary
judgment motion and denied the relators’ motion, dismissing the case. On July 9, 2020 the relators filed a notice of appeal with
the 7th Circuit Court of Appeals, and on September 30, 2020 filed an appellate brief. On November 30, 2020, the Company
filed its response. The hearing before the 7th Circuit Court of Appeals occurred on January 19, 2021. On August 12, 2021, the
7th Circuit affirmed the District Court’s decision granting summary judgment in defendants’ favor. On September 23, 2021, the
Relators filed a petition for rehearing.
From time to time, the Company receives notice of claims or potential claims or becomes involved in litigation, alternative
dispute resolution such as arbitration, or other legal and regulatory proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of its business,
including investigations and claims regarding employment law, including wage and hour (including class actions); pension
plans; labor union disputes, including unfair labor practices, such as claims for back-pay in the context of labor contract
negotiations and other matters; supplier, customer and service provider contract terms and claims including matters related to
supplier or customer insolvency or general inability to pay obligations as they become due; product liability claims, including
those where the supplier may be insolvent and customers and consumers are seeking recovery against the Company; real estate
and environmental matters, including claims in connection with its ownership and lease of a substantial amount of real property,
both retail and warehouse properties; and antitrust. Other than as described above, there are no pending material legal
proceedings to which the Company is a party or to which its property is subject.
Predicting the outcomes of claims and litigation and estimating related costs and exposures involves substantial uncertainties
that could cause actual outcomes, costs and exposures to vary materially from current expectations. Management regularly
monitors the Company’s exposure to the loss contingencies associated with these matters and may from time to time change its
predictions with respect to outcomes and estimates with respect to related costs and exposures. As of July 31, 2021, no material
accrued obligations, individually or in the aggregate, have been recorded for these legal proceedings.
Although management believes it has made appropriate assessments of potential and contingent loss in each of these cases
based on current facts and circumstances, and application of prevailing legal principles, there can be no assurance that material
differences in actual outcomes from management’s current assessments, costs and exposures relative to current predictions and
estimates, or material changes in such predictions or estimates will not occur. The occurrence of any of the foregoing, could
have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
NOTE 18—DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS
As discussed further in Note 1—Significant Accounting Policies, in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2021, the Company determined
it no longer met the held for sale criterion for a probable sale to be completed within 12 months for two of the four Shoppers
retail stores remaining in discontinued operations. As a result, the Company revised its Consolidated Financial Statements to
reclassify two Shoppers stores from discontinued operations to continuing operations. Prior periods presented in the
Consolidated Financial Statements have been conformed to the current period presentation. Subsequent to the presentation
changes, discontinued operations contain the historical results of stores already disposed of and two remaining Shoppers
locations that continue to be classified as operations held for sale as discontinued operations.
In fiscal 2020, the Company entered into agreements to sell 13 Shoppers stores and decided to close six locations. During fiscal
2020, the Company incurred approximately $31 million in pre-tax aggregate costs and charges related to Shoppers stores that
remain within discontinued operations, consisting of $25 million of operating losses, severance costs and transaction costs
during the period of wind-down and $6 million of property and equipment impairment charges related to impairment reviews.
In fiscal 2019, the Company closed three of its eight Shop ‘n Save East stores and sold the remaining five Shop ‘n Save East
stores to GIANT Food Store, LLC, and did not incur a gain or loss on the sale of this disposal group. The Company closed the
remaining Shop ‘n Save St. Louis retail stores and the distribution center that were not sold prior to the Supervalu acquisition
date.
107
In fiscal 2019, the Company completed the sale of seven of its eight Hornbacher's locations, as well as a Hornbacher’s store that
was previously being developed in West Fargo, North Dakota, to Coborn's Inc. (“Coborn’s”). The Company did not incur a
gain or loss on the sale of this disposal group. The Hornbacher’s store in Grand Forks, North Dakota was not included in the
sale to Coborn’s and has closed pursuant to the terms of the definitive agreement. As part of the sale, Coborn's entered into a
long-term agreement for the Company to serve as the primary supplier of the Hornbacher's locations and expand its existing
supply arrangements for other Coborn’s locations. In addition, the Company sold the pharmacy prescription files and inventory
of all Shoppers stores.
Operating results of discontinued operations are summarized below:
(in millions)
Net sales
Cost of sales
Gross profit
Operating expenses
Restructuring expenses and charges
Operating income (loss)
Other (income) expense, net
Income (loss) from discontinued operations before income taxes
Benefit for income taxes
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax
2021
2020
2019(1)
(41 weeks)
42 $
28
14
9
—
5
—
5
(1)
6 $
184 $
131
53
43
33
(23)
—
(23)
(5)
(18) $
407
290
117
98
25
(6)
—
(6)
(3)
(3)
$
$
(1) These results reflect retail operations from the Supervalu acquisition date of October 22, 2018 to August 3, 2019.
The Company recorded $0 million, $0 million and $12 million within Net sales from continuing operations attributable to
discontinued operations inter-company product purchases in fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively, related to retail disposal
groups, which were sold with a supply agreement and were classified within discontinued operations prior to their disposal.
These amounts were recorded at gross margin rates consistent with sales to other similar wholesale customers of the acquired
Supervalu business. No net sales were recorded within continuing operations for retail stores within discontinued operations
that the Company disposed of and expects to dispose of without a supply agreement. These net sales have been eliminated upon
consolidation within the Wholesale segment of continuing operations and amounted to $22 million, $97 million and $201
million in fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
108
The following table summarizes the carrying amounts of major classes of assets and liabilities that were classified as held-for-
sale on the Consolidated Balance Sheets:
(in millions)
Current assets
Inventories, net
Total current assets of discontinued operations
Long-term assets
Property and equipment
Other long-term assets
Total long-term assets of discontinued operations
Total assets of discontinued operations
Current liabilities
Accounts payable
Accrued compensation and benefits
Other current liabilities
Total current liabilities of discontinued operations
Long-term liabilities
Other long-term liabilities
Total liabilities of discontinued operations
Net liabilities of discontinued operations
July 31, 2021
August 1, 2020
$
$
$
$
2 $
2
1
1
2
4 $
2 $
2
—
4
—
4
— $
3
3
3
1
4
7
3
3
4
10
2
12
(5)
109
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL
DISCLOSURE
Not applicable.
ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures.
We carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief
Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in
Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) of the Exchange Act) as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report (the “Evaluation
Date”). Based on this evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of the Evaluation
Date, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective.
Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Internal
control over financial reporting is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) or 15d-15(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act as a process
designed by, or under the supervision of, our principal executive and principal financial officers and effected by our Board of
Directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and
the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and
includes those policies and procedures that:
•
•
•
Pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and
dispositions of our assets;
Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements
in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures are being made only in
accordance with authorizations of our management and directors; and
Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition
of our assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.
Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate
because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
Our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, assessed the effectiveness of our internal
control over financial reporting as of July 31, 2021. In making this assessment, our management used the criteria set forth by
the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in the Internal Control-Integrated
Framework (2013 framework). Based on its assessment, our management concluded that, as of July 31, 2021, our internal
control over financial reporting was effective based on those criteria at the reasonable assurance level.
Report of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of July 31, 2021 has been audited by KPMG LLP, an
independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in its attestation report which is included in Item 8. Financial
Statements and Supplementary Data of this Annual Report.
Changes in Internal Controls Over Financial Reporting
No change in our internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f)or 15d-15(f))
occurred during the fiscal quarter ended July 31, 2021 that materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our
internal control over financial reporting.
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION
None.
110
ITEM 9C. DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS
Not applicable.
111
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
PART III.
The information required by this item will be contained, in part, in our Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A for our
Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on January 11, 2022 (the “Proxy Statement”) under the captions “Directors and
Nominees for Director,” “Executive Officers of the Company,” “Delinquent Section 16(a) Reports,” if applicable, “Committees
of the Board of Directors,” “Nomination of Directors,” and “Stockholder Director Recommendations and Proxy Access” and is
incorporated herein by this reference.
We have adopted a code of conduct and ethics that applies to all employees, including our Chief Executive Officer, Chief
Financial Officer and Chief Accounting Officer. Our code of conduct and ethics is publicly available on our website at
www.unfi.com and is available free of charge by writing to United Natural Foods, Inc., 11840 Valley View Road, Eden Prairie,
MN 55344, Attn: Investor Relations. We intend to make any legally required disclosures regarding amendments to, or waivers
of, the provisions of the code of conduct and ethics on our website at www.unfi.com. Please note that our website address is
provided as an inactive textual reference only.
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The information required by this item will be contained in the Proxy Statement under the captions “Director Compensation,”
“Executive Compensation,” “Compensation Discussion and Analysis,” “Executive Compensation Tables,” “Potential Payments
Upon Termination or Change-in-Control,” “CEO Pay Ratio,” “Compensation Risk,” “Compensation Committee Interlocks and
Insider Participation” and “Report of the Compensation Committee” and is incorporated herein by this reference.
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND
RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
The information required by this item will be contained in the Proxy Statement under the caption “Stock Ownership of Certain
Beneficial Owners and Management” and “Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans” and is
incorporated herein by this reference.
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
The information required by this item will be contained in the Proxy Statement under the captions “Certain Relationships and
Related Transactions” and “Director Independence” and is incorporated herein by this reference.
ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES
The information required by this item will be contained in the Proxy Statement under the captions “Fees Paid to KPMG LLP”
and “Policy on Audit Committee Pre-Approval of Audit and Permissible Non-Audit Services,” and is incorporated herein by
this reference.
112
PART IV.
ITEM 15. EXHIBIT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
(a)1.
Financial Statements:
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated Balance Sheets
Consolidated Statements of Operations
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(a)2.
(a)3.&(b)
Exhibit No.
2.1
2.2
3.1
3.2
4.1
4.2
10.1**
10.2**
10.3**
10.4**
10.5**
10.6**
10.7**
10.8+
10.9
Financial Statement Schedules:
All schedules have been omitted because they are either not required or the information required is included
in our consolidated financial statements or the notes thereto included in Item 8 hereof.
Exhibits:
Description
Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated July 25, 2018, by and among SUPERVALU INC., SUPERVALU
Enterprises, Inc., the Registrant and Jedi Merger Sub, Inc. (incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Current
Report on Form 8-K, filed on July 26, 2018 (File No. 001-15723)).
First Amendment to Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of October 10, 2018, by and among United Natural
Foods, Inc., Jedi Merger Sub, Inc., SUPERVALU INC. and SUPERVALU Enterprises, Inc. (incorporated by
reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on October 10, 2018 (File No. 001-15723)).
Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as amended (restated for SEC filing purposes only) (incorporated
by reference to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended January 1, 2015 (File No.
001-15723)).
Fourth Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant (incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Current
Report on Form 8-K, filed on October 19, 2018 (File No. 001-15723)).
Specimen Certificate for shares of Common Stock, $0.01 par value, of the Registrant (incorporated by reference
to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended August 1, 2009 (File No. 001-15723)).
Description of the Registrant’s Securities Registered Under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
(incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended August 3, 2019
(File No. 001-15723)).
United Natural Foods, Inc. Amended and Restated 2004 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to the
Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on December 21, 2010 (File No. 001-15723)).
Form of Non-Statutory Stock Option Award Agreement, pursuant to the Amended and Restated 2004 Equity
Incentive Plan (Employee) (incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
year ended July 28, 2012 (File No. 001-15723)).
United Natural Foods, Inc. 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Current
Report on Form 8-K filed on December 18, 2012 (File No. 001-15723)) (the “2012 Equity Plan”).
Form of Terms and Conditions of Grant of Non-Statutory Stock Options to Employee, pursuant to the 2012
Equity Plan (incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
January 26, 2013 (File No. 001-15723)).
Form of Terms and Conditions of Grant of Non-Statutory Stock Options to Director, pursuant to the 2012 Equity
Plan (incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
January 26, 2013 (File No. 001-15723)).
United Natural Foods, Inc. Amended and Restated 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to the
Registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A for the Registrant’s Annual Meeting of Stockholders
held on December 16, 2015 (File No. 001-15723)) (the “A&R 2012 Equity Plan”).
Revised Form Indemnification Agreement for Directors and Officers (incorporated by reference to the
Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended August 3, 2013 (File No. 001-15723)).
Agreement for the Distribution of Products between the Registrant and Whole Foods Market Distribution, Inc.,
effective September 28, 2015 (incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for
the quarter ended October 31, 2015 (File No. 001-15723)).
First Amendment to Agreement for Distribution of Products, dated as of March 3, 2021, by and among the
Registrant and Whole Foods Market Distribution, Inc. (incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Current
Report on Form 8-K, filed on March 4, 2021 (File No. 001-15723)).
113
Exhibit No.
10.10**
10.11 +
10.12
10.13
10.14
10.15
10.16
10.17**
10.18**
10.19**
10.20**
10.21**
10.22**
10.23**
10.24**
10.25**
10.26
10.27**
10.28**
Description
Form of Terms and Conditions of Grant of Restricted Share Units to Employee pursuant to the A&R 2012
Equity Plan. (incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended July
29, 2017 (File No. 001-15723)).
Loan Agreement dated August 30, 2018, by and among the Registrant, United Natural Foods West, Inc., UNFI
Canada, Inc., the financial institutions that are parties thereto as lenders, Bank of America, N.A., Bank of
America, N.A. (acting through its Canada branch) and the other parties thereto (incorporated by reference to the
Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended July 28, 2018 (File No. 001-15723)).
First Amendment to Loan Agreement, dated October 19, 2018, by and among the Registrant and United Natural
Foods West, Inc., UNFI Canada, Inc., the financial institutions that are parties thereto as lenders, Bank of
America, N.A., Bank of America, N.A. (acting through its Canada branch), and the other parties thereto
(incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 25, 2018 (File No.
001-15723)).
Second Amendment to Loan Agreement, dated January 24, 2019, by and among the Registrant and United
Natural Foods West, Inc., UNFI Canada, Inc., the financial institutions that are parties thereto as lenders, Bank
of America, N.A., Bank of America, N.A. (acting through its Canada branch), and the other parties thereto
(incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed on March 7, 2019 (File No.
001-15723)).
Third Amendment to Loan Agreement, dated August 14, 2020, by and among the Registrant and United Natural
Foods West, Inc., UNFI Canada, Inc., the financial institutions that are parties thereto as lenders, Bank of
America, N.A., Bank of America, N.A. (acting through its Canada branch), and the other parties thereto
(incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended August 1, 2020, filed
on September 29, 2020 (File No. 001-15723)).
Term Loan Agreement, dated October 22, 2018, by and among United Natural Foods, Inc., SUPERVALU INC.,
Goldman Sachs Bank USA and the lenders party thereto (incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Current
Report on Form 8-K filed on October 25, 2018 (File No. 001-15723)).
Amendment No. 1 to Term Loan Agreement, dated as of February 11, 2021, by and among the Registrant and
SUPERVALU INC., Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, Goldman Sachs Bank USA and the other lender
parties thereto (incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter
ended January 30, 2021 (File No. 001-15723)).
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of November 5, 2018 and effective as of October 22,
2018, by and among United Natural Foods, Inc. and Steven L. Spinner (incorporated by reference to the
Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 8, 2018 (File No. 001-15723)).
Amendment to Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of February 6, 2020, by and between
the Registrant and Steven L. Spinner (incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form
10-Q for the quarter ended February 1, 2020 (File No. 001-15723)).
Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of March 9, 2021, by and
between the Registrant and Steven L. Spinner (incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q for the quarter ended January 30, 2021 (File No. 001-15723)).
Employment Agreement, dated as of November 5, 2018 and effective as of October 22, 2018, by and among
United Natural Foods, Inc. and Sean F. Griffin (incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on
Form 8-K filed on November 8, 2018 (File No. 001-15723)).
Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated as of February 6, 2020, by and between the Registrant and Sean
F. Griffin (incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
February 1, 2020 (File No. 001-15723)).
Form of Amended and Restated Severance Agreement (incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Current
Report on Form 8-K, filed on October 29, 2019 (File No. 001-15723)).
Form of Second Amended and Restated Change in Control Agreement (incorporated by reference to the
Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 8, 2018 (File No. 001-15723)).
Terms and Conditions of Grant of Restricted Share Units pursuant to the Second Amended and Restated 2012
Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on
November 8, 2018 (File No. 001-15723)).
Amended and Restated Indemnification Agreement (incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report
on Form 8-K filed on November 8, 2018 (File No. 001-15723)).
Indenture, dated October 22, 2020, among the Registrant, its subsidiary guarantors named therein and U.S. Bank
National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed
on October 26, 2020 (File No. 001-15723)).
Change of Control Severance Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2015, by and among SUPERVALU INC.
and Michael Stigers (incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the
quarter ended January 30, 2021 (File No. 001-15723)).
Transition Agreement, dated as of October 22, 2018, by and among the Registrant, SUPERVALU INC. and
Michael Stigers (incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter
ended January 30, 2021 (File No. 001-15723)).
114
Exhibit No.
10.29**
10.30**
10.31**
10.32**
10.33**
10.34* **
10.35* **
10.36* **
10.37**
10.38**
10.39*
10.40**
10.41**
10.42**
21*
23.1*
31.1*
31.2*
32.1*
32.2*
101*
104
Description
First Amendment to Transition Agreement, dated as of March 27, 2019, by and among the Registrant,
SUPERVALU INC. and Michael Stigers (incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q for the quarter ended January 30, 2021 (File No. 001-15723)).
Second Amendment to Transition Agreement, dated as of May 12, 2020, by and among the Registrant,
SUPERVALU INC. and Michael Stigers (incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q for the quarter ended January 30, 2021 (File No. 001-15723)).
Third Amendment to Transition Agreement, dated as of March 9, 2021, by and among the Registrant,
SUPERVALU INC. and Michael Stigers (incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q for the quarter ended January 30, 2021 (File No. 001-15723)).
Retention Agreement, dated as of March 8, 2021, by and between the Registrant and Christopher Testa
(incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended January 30,
2021 (File No. 001-15723)).
Offer Letter, dated July 22, 2021, between the Registrant and J. Alexander Miller Douglas (incorporated by
reference to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 28, 2021 (File No. 001-15723)).
CEO Severance Agreement, dated effective August 9, 2021, between the Registrant and J. Alexander Miller
Douglas
CEO Change in Control Agreement, dated effective August 9, 2021, between the Registrant and J. Alexander
Miller Douglas
CEO Indemnification Agreement, dated effective August 9, 2021, between the Registrant and J. Alexander
Miller Douglas
Annual Incentive Plan, as amended (incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-
Q for the quarter ended October 31, 2020 (File No. 001-15723)).
Amended and Restated 2020 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended on June 3, 2021 (incorporated by reference to
the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended May 1, 2021 (File No. 001-15723)).
Form of RSU Award Agreement pursuant to the Registrant’s Amended and Restated 2020 Equity Incentive Plan
(incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended May 1, 2021
(File No. 001-15723)).
Form of PSU Award Agreement pursuant to the Registrant’s Amended and Restated 2020 Equity Incentive Plan
(incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended May 1, 2021
(File No. 001-15723)).
Form of Inducement RSU Award Agreement (incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q for the quarter ended January 30, 2021 (File No. 001-15723)).
Form of RSU Award Agreement (Director) pursuant to the Registrant’s 2020 Equity Incentive Plan (for grants
made beginning March 2020) (incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for
the quarter ended February 1, 2020 (File No. 001-15723)).
Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
Certification of CEO pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
Certification of CFO pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
Certification of CEO pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-
Oxley Act of 2002.
Certification of CFO pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-
Oxley Act of 2002.
The following materials from the United Natural Foods, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year
ended July 31, 2021, formatted in Inline XBRL (eXtensible Business Reporting Language): (i) Consolidated
Balance Sheets, (ii) Consolidated Statements of Operations, (iii) Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive
Income, (iv) Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity, (v) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, and
(vi) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
The cover page from the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended July 31, 2021, filed with
the SEC on September 28, 2021, formatted in Inline XBRL (included in Exhibit 101).
* Filed herewith.
** Denotes a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
+ Confidential treatment has been requested and granted with respect to certain portions of this exhibit pursuant to Rule 24b-2
of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Omitted portions have been filed separately with the United States
Securities and Exchange Commission.
115
ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY
None.
116
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15 (d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this
report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.
SIGNATURES
UNITED NATURAL FOODS, INC.
/s/ JOHN W. HOWARD
John W. Howard
Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)
Dated: September 28, 2021
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following
persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Name
/s/ J. ALEXANDER MILLER DOUGLAS Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive
Title
Officer)
J. Alexander Miller Douglas
/s/ JOHN W. HOWARD
John W. Howard
/s/ R. ERIC ESPER
R. Eric Esper
/s/ JACK L. STAHL
Jack L. Stahl
/s/ ERIC F. ARTZ
Eric F. Artz
/s/ ANN TORRE BATES
Ann Torre Bates
/s/ GLORIA R. BOYLAND
Gloria R. Boyland
/s/ DENISE M. CLARK
Denise M. Clark
/s/ DAPHNE J. DUFRESNE
Daphne J. Dufresne
/s/ MICHAEL S. FUNK
Michael S. Funk
/s/ JAMES L. MUEHLBAUER
James L. Muehlbauer
/s/ PETER A. ROY
Peter A. Roy
Date
September 28, 2021
September 28, 2021
Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial
Officer)
Chief Accounting Officer (Principal Accounting
Officer)
September 28, 2021
September 28, 2021
September 28, 2021
September 28, 2021
September 28, 2021
September 28, 2021
September 28, 2021
September 28, 2021
September 28, 2021
September 28, 2021
Chairman
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
117
SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT
Exhibit 21
NAME
Advantage Logistics Southwest, Inc.
Advantage Logistics USA East L.L.C.
Advantage Logistics USA West L.L.C.
Albert’s Organics, Inc.
American Commerce Centers, Inc.
Arden Hills 2003 LLC
Associated Grocers Acquisition Company
Associated Grocers of Florida, Inc.
Blaine North 1996 L.L.C.
Bloomington 1998 L.L.C.
Blue Marble Brands, LLC
Blue Nile Advertising, Inc.
Burnsville 1998 L.L.C.
Butson Enterprises of Vermont, Inc.
Butson's Enterprises of Massachusetts, Inc.
Butson's Enterprises, Inc.
Cambridge 2006 L.L.C.
Centralia Holdings, LLC
Champlin 2005 L.L.C.
Coon Rapids 2002 L.L.C.
Crown Grocers, Inc.
Cub Foods, Inc.
Cub Stores, LLC
Cub Stores Holdings, LLC
DS & DJ Realty, LLC
Eagan 2008 L.L.C.
Eagan 2014 L.L.C.
Eastern Beverages, Inc.
Eastern Region Management, LLC
FF Acquisition, L.L.C.
Foodarama LLC
Forest Lake 2000 L.L.C.
Fridley 1998 L.L.C.
Fromages De France, Inc.
Gourmet Guru, Inc.
Grocers Capital Company
Hastings 2002 L.L.C.
Hazelwood Distribution Company, Inc.
Hazelwood Distribution Holdings, Inc.
Hopkins Distribution Company, LLC
Hornbacher’s, Inc.
International Distributors Grand Bahama Limited
Inver Grove Heights 2001 L.L.C.
Keatherly, Inc.
Keltsch Bros Inc
JURISDICTION OF
INCORPORATION/FORMATION
Arizona
Delaware
Delaware
California
Florida
Delaware
Florida
Florida
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Florida
Delaware
Vermont
Massachusetts
New Hampshire
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
California
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Florida
Delaware
Delaware
Maryland
Virginia
Virginia
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
California
California
California
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Bahama
Delaware
New Hampshire
Indiana
NAME
Lakeville 2014 L.L.C.
Lithia Springs Holdings, LLC
Maplewood East 1996 L.L.C.
Market Improvement Company
Monticello 1998 L.L.C.
NAFTA Industries Consolidated, Inc.
NAFTA Industries, Ltd.
Natural Retail Group, Inc.
NC&T Supermarkets, Inc.
Nevada Bond Investment Corp. I
Nor-Cal Produce, Inc.
Northfield 2002 L.L.C.
Plymouth 1998 L.L.C.
Savage 2002 L.L.C.
SCTC, LLC
SFW Holding Corp.
Shakopee 1997 L.L.C.
Shop ‘N Save East, LLC
Shop ‘N Save East Prop, LLC
Shop ‘N Save Prop, LLC
Shop 'N Save St. Louis, Inc.
Shop 'N Save Warehouse Foods, Inc.
Shoppers Food Warehouse Corp.
Shorewood 2001 L.L.C.
Silver Lake 1996 L.L.C.
Southstar LLC
Sunflower Markets, LLC
SUPERVALU Enterprise Services, Inc.
SUPERVALU Holdco, Inc.
SUPERVALU Gold, LLC
SUPERVALU INC.
SUPERVALU India, Inc.
SUPERVALU Licensing, LLC
SUPERVALU Pharmacies, Inc.
SUPERVALU Receivables Funding Corporation
SUPERVALU Services USA, Inc.
SUPERVALU Transportation, Inc.
SUPERVALU WA, L.L.C.
SUPERVALU Wholesale Operations, Inc.
SV Markets, Inc.
SVU Legacy, LLC
TC Michigan LLC
Tony’s Fine Foods
Trent River Solar Mile Fund, LLC
Trent River Solar Mile Lessee, LLC
TTSJ Aviation, Inc.
Tutto Pronte
JURISDICTION OF
INCORPORATION/FORMATION
Delaware
Georgia
Delaware
Florida
Delaware
Texas
Texas
Delaware
Ohio
Nevada
California
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Florida
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Missouri
Missouri
Ohio
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Minnesota
Delaware
Minnesota
Delaware
Minnesota
Minnesota
Delaware
Delaware
Ohio
Delaware
Michigan
California
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
California
NAME
Ultra Foods, Inc.
UNFI Canada, Inc.
UNFI Distribution Company, LLC
UNFI Transport, LLC
Unified Grocers, Inc.
Unified International, Inc.
United Natural Foods West, Inc.
United Natural Trading, LLC
W. Newell & Co., LLC
Wetterau Insurance Co. Ltd.
Woodford Square Associates Limited Partnership
WSI Satellite, Inc.
JURISDICTION OF
INCORPORATION/FORMATION
New Jersey
Canada
Delaware
Delaware
California
Delaware
California
Delaware
Delaware
Bermuda
Virginia
Missouri
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Exhibit 23.1
The Board of Directors
United Natural Foods, Inc.:
We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statement (No. 333-230570) on Form S-3 and (Nos.
333-252407, 333-235583, 333-222257, 333-208695, 333-227918, 333-185637, 333-161845, 333-123462, and
333-106217) on Form S-8 of United Natural Foods, Inc. of our report dated September 28, 2021, with respect to the
consolidated balance sheets of United Natural Foods, Inc. and subsidiaries as of July 31, 2021 and August 1, 2020,
and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, stockholders' equity, and cash flows
for each of the years in the three-year period ended July 31, 2021, and the related notes (collectively the
“consolidated financial statements”), and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of July 31,
2021, which report appears in the July 31, 2021 annual report on Form 10-K of United Natural Foods, Inc.
Our report on the consolidated financial statements refers to a change in method of accounting for leases.
/s/ KPMG LLP
Providence, Rhode Island
September 28, 2021
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, J. Alexander Miller Douglas, certify that:
Exhibit 31.1
1.
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of United Natural Foods, Inc.;
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material
fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not
misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present
in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the
periods presented in this report;
4. The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and
procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting
(as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be
designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its
consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in
which this report is being prepared;
(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to
be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting
and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles;
(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered
by this report based on such evaluation; and
(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during
the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that
has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial
reporting; and
5. The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control
over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or
persons performing the equivalent functions):
(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial
reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and
report financial information; and
(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in
the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.
Dated: September 28, 2021
/s/ J. ALEXANDER MILLER DOUGLAS
J. Alexander Miller Douglas
Chief Executive Officer
Note: A signed original of this written statement has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and
furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, John W. Howard, certify that:
Exhibit 31.2
1.
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of United Natural Foods, Inc.;
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material
fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not
misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present
in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the
periods presented in this report;
4. The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and
procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting
(as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be
designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its
consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in
which this report is being prepared;
(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to
be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting
and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles;
(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered
by this report based on such evaluation; and
(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during
the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that
has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial
reporting; and
5. The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control
over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or
persons performing the equivalent functions):
(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial
reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and
report financial information; and
(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in
the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.
Dated: September 28, 2021
/s/ JOHN W. HOWARD
John W. Howard
Chief Financial Officer
Note: A signed original of this written statement has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and
furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
The undersigned, in his capacity as the Chief Executive Officer of United Natural Foods, Inc., a Delaware corporation
(the "Company"), hereby certifies that the Annual Report of the Company on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended July 31, 2021
fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that the information
contained in such Annual Report on Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of
operations of the Company.
Exhibit 32.1
/s/ J. ALEXANDER MILLER DOUGLAS
J. Alexander Miller Douglas
Chief Executive Officer
September 28, 2021
Note: A signed original of this written statement has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and
furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
Exhibit 32.2
The undersigned, in his capacity as the Chief Financial Officer of United Natural Foods, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the
"Company"), hereby certifies that the Annual Report of the Company on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended July 31, 2021
fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that the information
contained in such Annual Report on Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of
operations of the Company.
/s/ JOHN W. HOWARD
John W. Howard
Chief Financial Officer
September 28, 2021
Note: A signed original of this written statement has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and
furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.
BR911163-1121-10K